- Manuals
- Brands
- KTM Manuals
- Motorcycle
- 125 EXC
Manuals and User Guides for KTM 125 EXC. We have 11 KTM 125 EXC manuals available for free PDF download: Owner’s Manual, Owner’s Handbook Manual, Manual
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (150 pages)
2014
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 3.99 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
4
-
1 Means of Representation
7
-
Symbols Used
7
-
Formats Used
7
-
-
2 Safety Advice
8
-
Use Definition — Intended Use
8
-
Degrees of Risk and Symbols
8
-
Tampering Warning
8
-
Safe Operation
9
-
Protective Clothing
9
-
Work Rules
9
-
Environment
9
-
Owner’s Manual
9
-
-
3 Important Notes
10
-
Guarantee, Warranty
10
-
Operating and Auxiliary Substances
10
-
Spare Parts, Accessories
10
-
Service
10
-
Figures
10
-
Customer Service
10
-
-
4 View of Vehicle
11
-
View of Vehicle, Front Left (Example)
11
-
View of Vehicle, Rear Right (Example)
12
-
-
5 Serial Numbers
13
-
Chassis Number
13
-
Type Label
13
-
Key Number (All EXC Models)
13
-
Engine Number
13
-
Fork Part Number
13
-
Shock Absorber Part Number
14
-
-
6 Controls
15
-
Clutch Lever
15
-
Hand Brake Lever
15
-
Throttle Grip
15
-
Kill Switch (All EXC Models)
15
-
Kill Switch (All XC-W Models)
16
-
Horn Button (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (All XC-W Models)
16
-
Turn Signal Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Emergency off Switch (EXC AUS)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (200/250/300 EXC EU, 250/300 SIX DAYS, XC-W)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (EXC AUS)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (EXC EU/AUS)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (SIX DAYS EU)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (300 XC-W SIX DAYS USA)
18
-
Opening the Filler Cap
18
-
Closing the Filler Cap
18
-
Fuel Tap
19
-
Choke
19
-
Shift Lever
19
-
Kick Starter
20
-
Foot Brake Lever
20
-
Side Stand
20
-
Steering Lock (All EXC Models)
20
-
Locking the Steering (All EXC Models)
21
-
Unlocking the Steering (All EXC Models)
21
-
-
7 Speedometer
22
-
Exc, XC-W
22
-
Speedometer Overview
22
-
Activation and Test
22
-
Setting Kilometers or Miles
22
-
Adjusting the Speedometer Functions
23
-
Setting the Clock
23
-
Querying Lap Time
23
-
Display Mode SPEED (Speed)
24
-
Display Mode SPEED/H (Service Hours)
24
-
Setup Menu
24
-
Unit of Measurement Menu
25
-
Display Mode SPEED/CLK (Time)
25
-
Setting the Clock
25
-
Display Mode SPEED/LAP (Lap Time)
26
-
Viewing the Lap Time
26
-
Display Mode SPEED/ODO (Odometer)
26
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR1 (Trip Master 1)
26
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR2 (Trip Master 2)
27
-
Setting TR2 (Trip Master 2)
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/A1 (Average Speed 1)
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/A2 (Average Speed 2)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/S2 (Stop Watch 2)
28
-
Table of Functions
28
-
Table of Conditions and Menu Activation
29
-
Six Days
29
-
Speedometer Overview
29
-
Activation and Test
30
-
Setting Kilometers or Miles
30
-
Setting the Speedometer Functions
30
-
Setting the Clock
31
-
Viewing the Lap Time
31
-
Display Mode SPEED (Speed)
32
-
Display Mode SPEED/H (Service Hours)
32
-
Setup Menu
32
-
Setting the Unit of Measurement
33
-
Display Mode SPEED/CLK (Time)
33
-
Setting the Clock
33
-
Display Mode SPEED/LAP (Lap Time)
34
-
Viewing the Lap Time
34
-
Display Mode SPEED/ODO (Odometer)
34
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR1 (Trip Master 1)
34
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR2 (Trip Master 2)
35
-
Setting TR2 (Trip Master 2)
35
-
Display Mode SPEED/A1 (Average Speed 1)
35
-
Display Mode SPEED/A2 (Average Speed 2)
36
-
Display Mode SPEED/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
36
-
Display Mode SPEED/S2 (Stop Watch 2)
36
-
Table of Functions
37
-
Table of Conditions and Menu Activation
38
-
-
8 Preparing for Use
39
-
Advice on First Use
39
-
Running in the Engine
40
-
Preparing the Vehicle for Difficult Riding Conditions
40
-
Preparations for Riding on Dry Sand
41
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet Sand
41
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet and Muddy Surfaces
42
-
Preparations for Riding at High Temperatures and Low Speeds
42
-
Preparing for Riding at Low Temperatures or in Snow
43
-
-
9 Riding Instructions
44
-
Checks and Maintenance Work When Preparing for Use
44
-
Starting
44
-
Start off
45
-
Shifting, Riding
45
-
Braking
45
-
Stopping, Parking
46
-
Transport
46
-
Refueling
47
-
-
10 Service Schedule
48
-
Service Work (as Additional Order)
49
-
-
11 Tuning the Chassis
50
-
Checking the Basic Chassis Setting with the Rider’s Weight
50
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
50
-
Adjusting the Low-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
50
-
Adjusting the High-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
51
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Shock Absorber
51
-
Measuring the Sag of the Unloaded Rear Wheel
52
-
Checking the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
52
-
Checking the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
53
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Shock Absorber
53
-
Adjusting the Riding Sag
54
-
Checking the Basic Setting of the Fork
54
-
Adjusting the Compression Damping of the Fork
55
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Fork
56
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Fork (EXC, XC-W)
57
-
Handlebar Position
57
-
Adjusting the Handlebar Position
58
-
Advertisement
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (154 pages)
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 7.42 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
4
-
1 Means of Representation
7
-
Symbols Used
7
-
Formats Used
7
-
-
2 Safety Advice
8
-
Use Definition — Intended Use
8
-
Degrees of Risk and Symbols
8
-
Tampering Warning
8
-
Safe Operation
9
-
Protective Clothing
9
-
Work Rules
9
-
Environment
9
-
Owner’s Manual
9
-
-
3 Important Notes
10
-
Guarantee, Warranty
10
-
Operating and Auxiliary Substances
10
-
Spare Parts, Accessories
10
-
Service
10
-
Figures
10
-
Customer Service
10
-
-
4 View of Vehicle
11
-
View of Vehicle, Front Left (Example)
11
-
View of Vehicle, Rear Right (Example)
12
-
-
5 Serial Numbers
13
-
Chassis Number
13
-
Type Label
13
-
Key Number (All EXC Models)
13
-
Engine Number
13
-
Fork Part Number
13
-
Shock Absorber Part Number
14
-
-
6 Controls
15
-
Clutch Lever
15
-
Hand Brake Lever
15
-
Throttle Grip
15
-
Kill Switch (All EXC Models)
15
-
Kill Switch (All XC-W Models)
16
-
Horn Button (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (All XC-W Models)
16
-
Turn Signal Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Emergency off Switch (EXC AU)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (All 200/250/300 EU/US Models, 300 EXC BR)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (EXC AU)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (All EXC Models)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (All XC-W Models)
17
-
Opening the Filler Cap
18
-
Closing the Filler Cap
18
-
Fuel Tap
19
-
Choke
19
-
Shift Lever
19
-
Kick Starter
20
-
Foot Brake Lever
20
-
Side Stand
20
-
Steering Lock (All EXC Models)
20
-
Locking the Steering (All EXC Models)
21
-
Unlocking the Steering (All EXC Models)
21
-
-
7 Speedometer
22
-
Speedometer Overview
22
-
Activation and Test
22
-
Setting Kilometers or Miles
22
-
Setting the Speedometer Functions
23
-
Setting the Clock
23
-
Viewing the Lap Time
23
-
Display Mode SPEED (Speed)
24
-
Display Mode SPEED/H (Service Hours)
24
-
Setup Menu
25
-
Setting the Unit of Measurement
25
-
Display Mode SPEED/CLK (Time)
26
-
Setting the Clock
26
-
Display Mode SPEED/LAP (Lap Time)
26
-
Viewing the Lap Time
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/ODO (Odometer)
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR1 (Trip Master 1)
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR2 (Trip Master 2)
28
-
Setting TR2 (Trip Master 2)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/A1 (Average Speed 1)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/A2 (Average Speed 2)
29
-
Display Mode SPEED/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
29
-
Display Mode SPEED/S2 (Stop Watch 2)
29
-
Table of Functions
30
-
Table of Conditions and Menu Activation
31
-
-
8 Preparing for Use
32
-
Advice on First Use
32
-
Running in the Engine
33
-
Preparing the Vehicle for Difficult Riding Conditions
33
-
Preparations for Riding on Dry Sand
34
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet Sand
34
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet and Muddy Surfaces
35
-
Preparations for Riding at High Temperatures and Low Speeds
35
-
Preparing for Riding at Low Temperatures or in Snow
36
-
-
9 Riding Instructions
37
-
Checks and Maintenance Work When Preparing for Use
37
-
Starting
37
-
Start off
38
-
Shifting, Riding
38
-
Braking
38
-
Stopping, Parking
39
-
Transport
39
-
Refueling
40
-
-
10 Service Schedule
41
-
Service Work (as Additional Order)
42
-
-
11 Tuning the Chassis
43
-
Checking the Basic Chassis Setting with the Rider’s Weight
43
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
43
-
Adjusting the Low-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
43
-
Adjusting the High-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
44
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Shock Absorber
44
-
Measuring the Sag of the Unloaded Rear Wheel
45
-
Checking the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
45
-
Checking the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
46
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Shock Absorber
46
-
Adjusting the Riding Sag
47
-
Checking the Basic Setting of the Fork
47
-
Adjusting the Compression Damping of the Fork
48
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Fork
49
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Fork (EXC, XC-W)
50
-
Handlebar Position
51
-
Adjusting the Handlebar Position
52
-
-
12 Service Work on the Chassis
54
-
Raising the Motorcycle with the Lift Stand
54
-
Removing the Motorcycle from the Lift Stand
54
-
Bleeding the Fork Legs
54
-
Cleaning the Dust Boots of the Fork Legs
55
-
Removing the Fork Protector
55
-
Installing the Fork Protector
56
-
Removing the Fork Legs
56
-
Installing the Fork Legs
57
-
Removing the Lower Triple Clamp (200 XC-W US, 250 XC-W US, 300 EXC BR, 300 XC-W US)
58
-
Removing the Lower Triple Clamp (EXC EU, EXC Six Days, EXC EU/AU, Six Days)
59
-
Installing the Lower Triple Clamp
59
-
(200 XC-W Us, 250 XC-W Us, 300 Exc Br, 300 XC-W Us)
59
-
Installing the Lower Triple Clamp (EXC EU, EXC Six Days, EXC EU/AU, Six Days)
61
-
Checking the Play of the Steering Head Bearing
64
-
Adjusting the Play of the Steering Head Bearing
65
-
Greasing the Steering Head Bearing
66
-
Removing the Front Fender
66
-
Installing the Front Fender
67
-
Removing the Shock Absorber
67
-
Installing the Shock Absorber
67
-
Removing the Seat
68
-
Mounting the Seat
68
-
Removing the Air Filter Box Lid
69
-
Installing the Air Filter Box Lid
69
-
Removing the Air Filter
69
-
Installing the Air Filter
70
-
Cleaning the Air Filter and Air Filter Box
70
-
Sealing the Air Filter Box
71
-
Removing the Main Silencer
71
-
Installing the Main Silencer
71
-
Changing the Glass Fiber Yarn Filling of the Main Silencer
71
-
Removing the Fuel Tank
72
-
Installing the Fuel Tank
73
-
Checking the Chain for Dirt
74
-
Cleaning the Chain
74
-
Checking the Chain Tension
74
-
Adjusting the Chain Tension
75
-
Checking the Chain, Rear Sprocket, Engine Sprocket and Chain Guide
76
-
Checking the Frame
77
-
Checking the Swingarm
78
-
Checking the Routing of the Throttle Cable
78
-
Checking the Rubber Grip
79
-
Additionally Securing the Rubber Grip
79
-
Adjusting the Basic Position of the Clutch Lever
79
-
Checking/Correcting the Fluid Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
80
-
Changing the Hydraulic Clutch Fluid
80
-
Removing the Engine Guard
82
-
Installing the Engine Guard
82
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (145 pages)
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 7.05 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
4
-
Table of Contents 2
4
-
1 Means of Representation
7
-
Symbols Used
7
-
Formats Used
7
-
-
2 Safety Advice
8
-
Use Definition — Intended Use
8
-
Degrees of Risk and Symbols
8
-
Tampering Warning
8
-
Safe Operation
9
-
Protective Clothing
9
-
Work Rules
9
-
Environment
9
-
Owner’s Manual
9
-
-
3 Important Notes
10
-
Guarantee, Warranty
10
-
Operating and Auxiliary Substances
10
-
Spare Parts, Accessories
10
-
Service
10
-
Figures
10
-
Customer Service
10
-
-
4 View of Vehicle
11
-
View of Vehicle, Front Left (Example)
11
-
View of Vehicle, Rear Right (Example)
12
-
-
5 Serial Numbers
13
-
Chassis Number
13
-
Type Label
13
-
Key Number (All EXC Models)
13
-
Engine Number
13
-
Fork Part Number
13
-
Shock Absorber Part Number
14
-
-
6 Controls
15
-
Clutch Lever
15
-
Hand Brake Lever
15
-
Throttle Grip
15
-
Kill Switch (EXC EU/AU, EXC Factory Edition, 300 EXC BR)
15
-
Kill Switch (Six Days EU)
16
-
Kill Switch (All XC-W Models)
16
-
Horn Button (EXC EU/AU, EXC Factory Edition, 300 EXC BR)
16
-
Horn Button (Six Days EU)
16
-
Light Switch (EXC EU/AU, EXC Factory Edition, 300 EXC BR)
16
-
Light Switch (Six Days EU)
17
-
Light Switch (All XC-W Models)
17
-
Turn Signal Switch (EXC EU/AU, EXC Factory Edition, 300 EXC BR)
17
-
Turn Signal Switch (Six Days EU)
17
-
Emergency off Switch (EXC AU)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (All 200/250/300 EU/US Models, 300 EXC BR)
18
-
Electric Starter Button (EXC AU)
18
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (All EXC Models)
18
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (All XC-W Models)
18
-
Opening the Filler Cap
18
-
Closing the Filler Cap
19
-
Fuel Tap
19
-
Choke
20
-
Shift Lever
20
-
Kick Starter
20
-
Foot Brake Lever
20
-
Side Stand
21
-
Steering Lock (All EXC Models)
21
-
Locking the Steering (All EXC Models)
21
-
Unlocking the Steering (All EXC Models)
22
-
-
7 Speedometer
23
-
Speedometer Overview
23
-
Activation and Test
23
-
Setting Kilometers or Miles
23
-
Setting the Speedometer Functions
24
-
Setting the Clock
24
-
Viewing the Lap Time
24
-
Display Mode SPEED (Speed)
25
-
Display Mode SPEED/H (Service Hours)
25
-
Setup Menu
25
-
Setting the Unit of Measurement
26
-
Display Mode SPEED/CLK (Time)
26
-
Setting the Clock
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/LAP (Lap Time)
27
-
Viewing the Lap Time
27
-
Display Mode SPEED/ODO (Odometer)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR1 (Trip Master 1)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR2 (Trip Master 2)
28
-
Setting TR2 (Trip Master 2)
28
-
Display Mode SPEED/A1 (Average Speed 1)
29
-
Display Mode SPEED/A2 (Average Speed 2)
29
-
Display Mode SPEED/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
30
-
Display Mode SPEED/S2 (Stop Watch 2)
30
-
Table of Functions
30
-
Table of Conditions and Menu Activation
31
-
-
8 Preparing for Use
32
-
Advice on First Use
32
-
Running in the Engine
33
-
Preparing the Vehicle for Difficult Riding Conditions
33
-
Preparations for Riding on Dry Sand
34
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet Sand
34
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet and Muddy Surfaces
35
-
Preparations for Riding at High Temperatures and Low Speeds
35
-
Preparing for Riding at Low Temperatures or in Snow
36
-
-
9 Riding Instructions
37
-
Checks and Maintenance Work When Preparing for Use
37
-
Starting
37
-
Start off
38
-
Shifting, Riding
38
-
Braking
38
-
Stopping, Parking
39
-
Transport
39
-
Refueling
40
-
-
10 Service Schedule
41
-
Service Work (as Additional Order)
42
-
-
11 Tuning the Chassis
43
-
Checking the Basic Chassis Setting with the Rider’s Weight
43
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
43
-
Adjusting the Low-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
43
-
Adjusting the High-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
44
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Shock Absorber
44
-
Measuring the Sag of the Unloaded Rear Wheel
45
-
Checking the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
45
-
Checking the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
46
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Shock Absorber
46
-
Adjusting the Riding Sag
47
-
Checking the Basic Setting of the Fork
47
-
Adjusting the Compression Damping of the Fork
48
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Fork
49
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Fork (EXC, XC-W, EXC Factory Edition)
50
-
Handlebar Position
50
-
Adjusting the Handlebar Position
51
-
-
12 Service Work on the Chassis
52
-
Raising the Motorcycle with the Lift Stand
52
-
Removing the Motorcycle from the Lift Stand
52
-
Bleeding the Fork Legs
52
-
Cleaning the Dust Boots of the Fork Legs
53
-
Loosening the Fork Protection
53
-
Positioning the Fork Protection
53
-
Removing the Fork Legs
54
-
Installing the Fork Legs
54
-
Removing the Fork Protector
55
-
Installing the Fork Protector
56
-
Removing the Lower Triple Clamp (EXC, XC-W)
56
-
Removing the Lower Triple Clamp (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition)
56
-
Installing the Lower Triple Clamp (EXC, XC-W)
57
-
Installing the Lower Triple Clamp (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition)
59
-
Checking the Play of the Steering Head Bearing
60
-
Adjusting the Play of the Steering Head Bearing
61
-
Greasing the Steering Head Bearing
62
-
Removing the Front Fender
62
-
Installing the Front Fender
63
-
Removing the Shock Absorber
63
-
Installing the Shock Absorber
63
-
Removing the Seat
64
-
Mounting the Seat
64
-
Removing the Air Filter Box Lid
65
-
Installing the Air Filter Box Lid
65
-
Removing the Air Filter
65
-
Installing the Air Filter
66
-
Cleaning the Air Filter and Air Filter Box
66
-
Sealing the Air Filter Box
67
-
Removing the Main Silencer
67
-
Installing the Main Silencer
67
-
Changing the Glass Fiber Yarn Filling of the Main Silencer
67
-
Removing the Fuel Tank
68
-
Installing the Fuel Tank
69
-
Checking the Chain for Dirt
70
-
Cleaning the Chain
70
-
Checking the Chain Tension
70
-
Adjusting the Chain Tension
71
-
Checking the Chain, Rear Sprocket, Engine Sprocket and Chain Guide
72
-
Checking the Frame
73
-
Checking the Swingarm
74
-
Checking the Routing of the Throttle Cable
74
-
Checking the Rubber Grip
75
-
Additionally Securing the Rubber Grip
75
-
Adjusting the Basic Position of the Clutch Lever
75
-
Checking/Correcting the Fluid Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
76
-
Changing the Hydraulic Clutch Fluid
76
-
Removing the Engine Guard (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition)
78
-
Installing the Engine Guard (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition)
78
-
Advertisement
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (139 pages)
201 year
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 4.41 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
4
-
1 Means of Representation
7
-
Symbols Used
7
-
Formats Used
7
-
-
2 Safety Advice
8
-
Use Definition — Intended Use
8
-
Degrees of Risk and Symbols
8
-
Tampering Warning
8
-
Safe Operation
9
-
Protective Clothing
9
-
Work Rules
9
-
Environment
9
-
Owner’s Manual
9
-
-
3 Important Notes
10
-
Guarantee, Warranty
10
-
Operating and Auxiliary Substances
10
-
Spare Parts, Accessories
10
-
Service
10
-
Figures
10
-
Customer Service
10
-
-
4 View of Vehicle
11
-
View of Vehicle, Front Left (Example)
11
-
View of Vehicle, Rear Right (Example)
12
-
-
5 Serial Numbers
13
-
Chassis Number
13
-
Type Label
13
-
Key Number (All EXC Models)
13
-
Engine Number
13
-
Fork Part Number
13
-
Shock Absorber Part Number
14
-
-
6 Controls
15
-
Clutch Lever
15
-
Hand Brake Lever
15
-
Throttle Grip
15
-
Kill Switch (All EXC Models)
15
-
Kill Switch (XC-W)
16
-
Horn Button (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Light Switch (XC-W)
16
-
Turn Signal Switch (All EXC Models)
16
-
Emergency off Switch (EXC AUS)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (200/250/300 EXC EU, 250/300 EXC SIX DAYS EU, XC-W)
17
-
Electric Starter Button (EXC AUS)
17
-
Overview of Indicator Lamps (All EXC Models)
17
-
Speedometer
17
-
Overview
17
-
Activation and Test
18
-
Tripmaster Switch
18
-
Setting Kilometers or Miles
18
-
Adjusting the Speedometer Functions
18
-
Setting the Clock
19
-
Querying Lap Time
19
-
Display Mode SPEED (Speed)
20
-
Display Mode SPEED/H (Operating Hours)
20
-
Display Mode SPEED/CLK (Clock)
20
-
Display Mode SPEED/LAP (Lap Time)
21
-
Display Mode SPEED/ODO (Odometer)
21
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR1 (Trip Master 1)
21
-
Display Mode SPEED/TR2 (Trip Master 2)
21
-
Display Mode SPEED/A1 (Average Speed 1)
22
-
Display Mode SPEED/A2 (Average Speed 2)
22
-
Display Mode SPEED/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
22
-
Display Mode SPEED/S2 (Stop Watch 2)
23
-
6.14.19 Table of Functions
23
-
6.14.20 Table of Conditions and Menu Activation
23
-
Opening the Filler Cap
24
-
Closing the Filler Cap
24
-
Fuel Tap
25
-
Choke
25
-
Shift Lever
25
-
Kick Starter
26
-
Foot Brake Lever
26
-
Side Stand
26
-
Steering Lock (All EXC Models)
26
-
Locking the Steering (All EXC Models)
27
-
Unlocking the Steering (All EXC Models)
27
-
-
7 Preparing for Use
28
-
Advice on First Use
28
-
Running in the Engine
29
-
Preparing the Vehicle for Difficult Riding Conditions
29
-
Preparations for Riding on Dry Sand
30
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet Sand
30
-
Preparations for Riding on Wet and Muddy Surfaces
31
-
Preparations for Riding at High Temperatures and Low Speeds
31
-
Preparing for Riding at Low Temperatures or in Snow
32
-
-
8 Riding Instructions
33
-
Checks and Maintenance Work When Preparing for Use
33
-
Starting
33
-
Start off
34
-
Shifting, Riding
34
-
Braking
34
-
Stopping, Parking
35
-
Transport
35
-
Refueling
36
-
-
9 Service Schedule
37
-
Service Work (as Additional Order)
38
-
-
10 Tuning the Chassis
39
-
Checking the Basic Chassis Setting with the Rider’s Weight
39
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
39
-
Adjusting the Low-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
39
-
Adjusting the High-Speed Compression Damping of the Shock Absorber
40
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Shock Absorber
40
-
Measuring the Sag of the Unloaded Rear Wheel
41
-
Checking the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
41
-
Checking the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
42
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Shock Absorber
42
-
Adjusting the Riding Sag
43
-
Checking the Basic Setting of the Fork
43
-
Adjusting the Compression Damping of the Fork
44
-
Adjusting the Rebound Damping of the Fork
45
-
Adjusting the Spring Preload of the Fork (EXC EU/AUS, XC-W)
46
-
Handlebar Position
46
-
Adjusting the Handlebar Position
47
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (74 pages)
KTM Owner’s Manual Motorcycle 125 EXC, EXC SIX DAYS 200 XC, XC-W, EXC 250 XC, XC-W, EXC, EXC SIX DAYS 300 XC, XC-W, EXC-E, EXC-E SIX DAYS
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 9.08 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Chassis Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type
6
-
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Lever
6
-
Hand Brake Lever
6
-
Electronic Speedometer
7
-
Indicator Lamps (EXC)
11
-
Short Circuit Button
11
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
12
-
Headlamp Switch (XC-W)
12
-
Flasher Switch
12
-
Starter Button
12
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
12
-
Filler Cap
13
-
Fuel Tap
13
-
Choke Knob
13
-
Shift Lever
14
-
Kickstarter
14
-
Foot Brake Pedal
14
-
Side Stand
14
-
Steering Lock
14
-
Compression Damping of Fork
15
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
15
-
Spring Preload of the Fork
15
-
Shock Absorber Compression Damping
16
-
Shock Absorber Rebound Damping
16
-
-
General Tips and Warnings for Starting the Motorcycle
17
-
Instructions for Your First Ride
17
-
Running in
17
-
-
Driving Instructions
18
-
What You Should Check before each Start
18
-
Starting When the Engine Is Cold
19
-
Starting When the Engine Is Warm
19
-
What to Do When the Engine Is „Flooded
19
-
Starting off
19
-
Shifting/Riding
20
-
Braking
20
-
Stopping and Parking
20
-
Refueling, Fuel
20
-
-
Periodic Maintenance Schedule
21
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
25
-
Changing the Spring Preloading of the Shock Absorber
25
-
Pivot Bearing
25
-
Basic Suspension Setup for the Weight of the Driver
26
-
Checking the Shock Absorber and Spring
26
-
Determining the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
26
-
Determining the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
26
-
Changing the Spring Preload on the Telescopic Fork
27
-
Checking the Basic Setup of the Telescopic Fork
27
-
Breather Plug Front Fork
27
-
Cleaning the Dust Sleeves of the Telescopic Fork
28
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
28
-
Changing the Fork Offset (Caster) XC/EXC Six Days
29
-
How to Change the Handlebar Position
30
-
Adapting Chain Guide to the Rear Sprocket
31
-
Check Chain Tension
32
-
Correct Chain Tension
32
-
Chain Maintenance
32
-
Chain Wear
32
-
General Information about KTM Disc Brakes
33
-
Changing Basic Position of the Hand Brake Lever
34
-
Checking the Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
34
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
34
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
34
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
35
-
Checking the Rear Brake Fluid Level
35
-
Refilling the Rear Brake Fluid Reservoir
35
-
Changing the Basic Position of the Foot Brake Pedal
36
-
Checking the Rear Brake Pads
36
-
Replacing the Rear Brake Pads
36
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Front Wheel
37
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Rear Wheel
38
-
Tires, Air Pressure
38
-
Checking Spoke Tension
39
-
Replacing the Battery of the Digital Speedometer
39
-
Replacing the Headlight Lamp/Parking Light Lamp
39
-
Battery
40
-
Charging the Battery
40
-
Fuse
41
-
Cooling System
41
-
Checking the Coolant Level
42
-
Refilling/Bleeding the Cooling System
42
-
Cleaning the Air Filter
42
-
Checking the Oil Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
43
-
Exhaust System
43
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever
43
-
Bleeding the Hydraulic Clutch
44
-
Carburetor Adjustment
44
-
Draining the Float Chamber of the Carburetor
46
-
Checking the Float Level
46
-
Adjusting the Engine Characteristic Via the Ignition Curve
46
-
Adjusting the Engine Characteristic Via the Auxiliary Spring
47
-
Check Transmission Oil Level
48
-
Changing the Transmission Oil
48
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (71 pages)
2007
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 5.14 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Chassis Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type
6
-
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Lever
6
-
Hand Brake Lever
6
-
Electronic Speedometer
7
-
Indicator Lamps (EXC)
11
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
12
-
Headlamp Switch (XC-W)
12
-
Flasher Switch
12
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
12
-
Filler Cap
13
-
Filler Cap (XC, XC-W)
13
-
Fuel Tap
13
-
Choke Knob
13
-
Shift Lever
13
-
Kickstarter
14
-
Foot Brake Pedal
14
-
Side Stand
14
-
Steering Lock
14
-
Compression Damping of Fork
15
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
15
-
Spring Preload of the Fork(XC/EXC Six Days)
15
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber (XC-W, EXC)
16
-
Shock Absorber Compression Damping (XC-W/EXC)
16
-
Shock Absorber Rebound Damping XC-W, EXC)
16
-
-
General Tips and Warnings for Starting the Motorcycle
17
-
Instructions for Your First Ride
17
-
Running in
17
-
-
Driving Instructions
18
-
What You Should Check before each Start
18
-
Starting When the Engine Is Cold
19
-
Starting When the Engine Is Warm
19
-
What to Do When the Engine Is „Flooded
19
-
Starting off
19
-
Shifting/Riding
20
-
Braking
20
-
Stopping and Parking
20
-
Refueling, Fuel
20
-
-
Periodic Maintenance Schedule
21
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
25
-
Changing the Spring Preloading of the Shock Absorber
25
-
Pivot Bearing
25
-
Basic Suspension Setup for the Weight of the Driver
26
-
Checking the Shock Absorber and Spring
26
-
Determining the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
26
-
Determining the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
26
-
Changing the Spring Preload on the Telescopic Fork
27
-
Checking the Basic Setup of the Telescopic Fork
27
-
Replacing Fork Springs
28
-
Breather Plug Front Fork
28
-
Cleaning the Dust Sleeves of the Telescopic Fork
28
-
Changing the Fork Offset (Caster) (XC)
29
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
30
-
How to Change the Handlebar Position
31
-
Check Chain Tension
31
-
Correct Chain Tension
32
-
Chain Maintenance
32
-
Chain Wear
32
-
General Information about KTM Disc Brakes
33
-
Adjusting the Free Travel at the Hand Brake Lever
34
-
Checking the Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
34
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
34
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
34
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
35
-
Changing the Basic Position of the Foot Brake Pedal
35
-
Checking the Rear Brake Fluid Level
35
-
Refilling the Rear Brake Fluid Reservoir
35
-
Checking the Rear Brake Pads
36
-
Replacing the Rear Brake Pads
36
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Front Wheel
36
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Rear Wheel
37
-
Tires, Air Pressure
38
-
Checking Spoke Tension
38
-
Replacing the Battery of the Digital Speedometer
39
-
Check/Set Distance of the Magnetic Sensor
39
-
Replacing the Headlight Lamp/Parking Light Lamp
39
-
Cooling System
40
-
Checking the Coolant Level
40
-
Refilling/Bleeding the Cooling System
41
-
Cleaning the Air Filter
41
-
Checking the Oil Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
42
-
Exhaust System
42
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever
42
-
Bleeding the Hydraulic Clutch
43
-
Carburetor Adjustment
43
-
Draining the Float Chamber of the Carburetor
45
-
Checking the Float Level
45
-
Adjusting the Engine Characteristic Via the Ignition Curve
45
-
Adjusting the Engine Characteristic Via the Auxiliary Spring
46
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (125/200)
47
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (125/200)
47
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (250/300)
47
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (250/300)
47
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (67 pages)
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 5.12 MB
Table of Contents
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Chassis Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type
6
-
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Lever
6
-
Hand Brake Lever
6
-
Electronic Speedometer
7
-
Indicator Lamps (EXC)
11
-
Short Circuit Button (SX)
12
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
12
-
Headlamp Switch (EXC USA)
12
-
Flasher Switch
12
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
12
-
Filler Cap
13
-
Fuel Tap
13
-
Choke Knob
13
-
Shift Lever
13
-
Kickstarter
14
-
Foot Brake Pedal
14
-
Side Stand
14
-
Steering Lock
14
-
Compression Damping of Fork
15
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
15
-
Damping Action During Compression of Shock Absorber (SX)
15
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber (MXC, EXC)
16
-
Rebound Damping of Shock Absorber (SX, MXC, EXC)
16
-
-
General Tips and Warnings for Starting the Motorcycle
17
-
Instructions for Your First Ride
17
-
Running in
17
-
-
Driving Instructions
18
-
What You Should Check before each Start
18
-
Starting When the Engine Is Cold
19
-
Starting When the Engine Is Warm
19
-
What to Do When the Engine Is „Flooded
19
-
Starting off
19
-
Shifting/Riding
19
-
Braking
20
-
Stopping and Parking
20
-
Refueling, Fuel
20
-
-
Periodic Maintenance Schedule
21
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
24
-
Changing the Spring Preload of the Shock Absorber
24
-
Pivot Bearing
24
-
Basic Suspension Setup for the Weight of the Driver
25
-
Checking the Shock Absorber and Spring
25
-
Determining the Static Sag of the Shock Absorber
25
-
Determining the Riding Sag of the Shock Absorber
25
-
Checking the Basic Setup of the Telescopic Fork
26
-
Changing the Spring Preload on the Telescopic Fork
26
-
Replacing Fork Springs
27
-
Breather Plug Front Fork
27
-
Cleaning the Dust Sleeves of the Telescopic Fork
27
-
Changing the Fork Offset (SX)
28
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
29
-
How to Change the Handlebar Position
30
-
Check Chain Tension
30
-
Correct Chain Tension
31
-
Chain Maintenance
31
-
Chain Wear
31
-
General Information about KTM Disc Brakes
32
-
Adjusting the Free Travel at the Hand Brake Lever
33
-
Checking the Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
33
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
33
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
33
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
34
-
Changing the Basic Position of the Foot Brake Pedal
34
-
Checking the Rear Brake Fluid Level
34
-
Refilling the Rear Brake Fluid Reservoir
34
-
Checking the Rear Brake Pads
35
-
Replacing the Rear Brake Pads
35
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Front Wheel
35
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Rear Wheel
36
-
Tires, Air Pressure
37
-
Checking Spoke Tension
37
-
Replacing the Battery of the Digital Speedometer
37
-
Check/Set Distance of the Magnetic Sensor
38
-
Replacing the Headlight Lamp/Parking Light Lamp
38
-
Cooling System
39
-
Radiator Cover for the Cold Season
39
-
Checking the Coolant Level
39
-
Refilling/Bleeding the Cooling System
40
-
Cleaning the Air Filter
40
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever
41
-
Checking the Oil Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
41
-
Bleeding of the Hydraulic Clutch
41
-
Exhaust System
41
-
Cleaning the Spark Arrestor (EXC USA)
42
-
Carburetor Adjustment
42
-
Draining the Float Chamber of the Carburetor
43
-
Checking the Float Level
43
-
Engine Characteristic 250/300 SX/MXC/EXC
44
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (125/200)
45
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (125/200)
45
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (250/300)
45
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (250/300)
45
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Handbook Manual (45 pages)
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 3.46 MB
Table of Contents
-
Chassis Number
3
-
Engine Number
3
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Chassis Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (125/200)
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (250/300/380)
6
-
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Lever
6
-
Hand Brake Lever
6
-
Digital Speedometer, Indicator Lamp (EXC)
7
-
Digital Speedometer
7
-
Odometer (EXC USA)
7
-
Speedometer, Indicator Lamps (EXC — Australia)
7
-
Short Circuit Button (SX)
7
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
8
-
Headlamp Switch (EXC USA)
8
-
Flasher Switch
8
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
8
-
Filler Cap
8
-
Refueling, Fuel
9
-
Fuel Tap
9
-
Choke Knob
9
-
Shift Lever
10
-
Kickstarter
10
-
Foot Brake Pedal
10
-
Compression Damping of Fork
10
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
10
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Rebound Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Steering Lock
11
-
Side Stand
11
-
-
Driving Instructions
12
-
Starting off
13
-
Periodic Maintenance Schedule
14
-
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
16
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever
16
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
16
-
Breather Plug Front Fork
17
-
Cleaning the Dust Sleeves of the Telescopic Fork
17
-
How to Change the Handlebar Position
17
-
Changing the Spring Preloading of the Shock Absorber
18
-
Pivot Bearing
18
-
Check Chain Tension
18
-
Correct Chain Tension
19
-
Chain Maintenance
19
-
Chain Wear
19
-
General Informations about KTM Disc Brakes
20
-
Adjusting of Free Travel at the Hand Brake Lever
20
-
WIRING DIAGRAMME, CARBURETOR SETTING . . .Appendix
21
-
Checking of Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
21
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
21
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
21
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
21
-
Changing the Basic Position of the Foot Brake Pedal
22
-
Checking Rear Brake Fluid Level
22
-
Refilling the Rear Brake Fluid Reservoir
22
-
Checking the Rear Brake Pads
23
-
Replacing the Rear Brake Pads
23
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Front Wheel
23
-
Dismounting and Mounting the Rear Wheel
24
-
Tires-Air Pressure
25
-
Checking Spoke Tension
25
-
Replacing the Battery of the Digital Speedometer
25
-
Adjustin Digital Speedometer
27
-
Check/Set Distance of Magnetic Sensor
27
-
Replacing Headlight Lamp (H4)
28
-
Cooling System
28
-
Radiator Cover for the Cold Season
29
-
Checking the Coolant Level
29
-
Refilling/Bleeding the Cooling System
29
-
Cleaning the Air Filter
30
-
Exhaust System
30
-
Cleaning the Spark Arrestor (EXC USA)
30
-
Draining of Float Chamber of the Carburetor
30
-
Carburetor Adjustment
31
-
Checking the Float Level
32
-
Checking the Oil Level of the Hydraulic Clutch
32
-
Bleeding of the Hydraulic Clutch
32
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (125/200)
33
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (125/200)
33
-
Check Transmission Oil Level (250/300/380)
33
-
Changing the Transmission Oil (250/300/380)
33
-
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Manual (39 pages)
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 4.82 MB
Table of Contents
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Frame Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (125/200)
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (250/300/380)
6
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Control Lever (125/200)
6
-
Clutch Control Lever (250/300/380)
6
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Hand Brake Lever
7
-
Speedometer, Indicator Lamps (EXC)
7
-
Odometer (EXC USA)
7
-
Speedometer, Indicator Lamps (EGS)
7
-
Ignition Lock
7
-
Short Circuit Button (SX)
8
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
8
-
Headlamp Switch (EXC USA)
8
-
Flasher Switch
8
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
8
-
Filler Cap
9
-
Refueling, Fuel
9
-
Fuel Tap
9
-
Choke Knob
10
-
Shift Lever
10
-
Kickstarter
10
-
Foot Brake Pedal
10
-
Compression Damping of Fork
10
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
11
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Rebound Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Steering Lock
11
-
Side Stand
11
-
Driving Instructions
12
-
Starting When the Engine Is Cold
13
-
Starting When the Engine Is Warm
13
-
Starting off
13
-
Stopping and Parking
13
-
Periodic Lubrication and Maintenance Schedule
14
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
15
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever (125/200)
15
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
15
-
Check Chain Tension
16
-
Correct Chain Tension
16
-
Chain Maintenance
16
-
Chain Wear
17
-
General Informations about KTM Disc Brakes
17
-
Adjusting of Free Travel at the Hand Brake Lever
17
-
Checking of Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
18
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
18
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
18
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
18
KTM 125 EXC Owner’s Handbook Manual (37 pages)
1999
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 5.75 MB
Table of Contents
-
Serial Number Locations
6
-
Chassis Number
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (125/200)
6
-
Engine Number, Engine Type (250/300/380)
6
-
Operation Instruments
6
-
Clutch Lever
6
-
Hand Brake Lever
6
-
Table of Contents
5
-
Speedometer, Indicator Lamp (EXC)
7
-
Odometer (EXC USA)
7
-
Speedometer, Indicator Lamps (EGS)
7
-
Ignition Lock
7
-
Short Circuit Button (SX)
8
-
Combination Switch (EXC)
8
-
Headlamp Switch (EXC USA)
8
-
Flasher Switch
8
-
Emergency off Switch (Australia)
8
-
Filler Cap
9
-
Refueling, Fuel
9
-
Fuel Tap
9
-
Choke Knob
10
-
Shift Lever
10
-
Kickstarter
10
-
Foot Brake Pedal
10
-
Compression Damping of Fork
10
-
Rebound Damping of Fork
11
-
Compression Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Rebound Damping of Shock Absorber
11
-
Steering Lock
11
-
Center Stand
11
-
Driving Instructions
12
-
Starting off
13
-
Periodic Lubrication and Maintenance Schedule
14
-
Maintenance Work on Chassis and Engine
15
-
Changing the Original Position of the Clutch Lever
15
-
Checking and Adjusting the Steering Head Bearing
15
-
Pivot Bearing
16
-
Check Chain Tension
16
-
Correct Chain Tension
16
-
Chain Maintenance
16
-
Chain Wear
17
-
General Informations about KTM Disc Brakes
17
-
Adjusting of Free Travel at the Hand Brake Lever
17
-
Checking of Brake Fluid Level — Front Brake
18
-
Refilling the Front Brake Fluid Reservoir
18
-
Checking the Front Brake Pads
18
-
Replacing the Front Brake Pads
18
-
Changing the Basic Position of the Brake Pedal
19
-
Checking Rear Brake Fluid Level
19
-
Refilling the Rear Brake Fluid Reservoir
19
KTM 125 EXC Manual (12 pages)
1991
Brand: KTM
|
Category: Motorcycle
|
Size: 11.11 MB
Advertisement
Related Products
-
KTM 125 EXC SIX DAYS EU 2010
-
KTM 125 EXC EU 2010
-
KTM 125 EXC Six days EU
-
KTM 125 EXC Factory Edition
-
KTM 125 EXC SIX DAYS
-
KTM 125EXC 2004
-
KTM 125 EXC 2004
-
KTM 125 EXC 2008
-
KTM 125 EXC SIX DAYS 2008
-
KTM 125 EXC 2006
KTM Categories
Motorcycle
Motorcycle Accessories
Offroad Vehicle
Engine
Bicycle
More KTM Manuals
- Manuals
- Brands
- KTM Manuals
- Motorcycle
- 125 EXC
- Owner’s manual
-
Contents
-
Table of Contents
-
Troubleshooting
-
Bookmarks
Quick Links
OWNER’S MANUAL
2015
125 EXC Six Days EU
125 EXC Factory Edition EU
200 XC‑W US
250 EXC Six Days EU
250 EXC Factory Edition EU
250 XC‑W US
300 EXC Six Days EU
300 EXC Factory Edition EU
300 XC‑W Six Days US
300 XC‑W US
Art. no. 3213233en
125 EXC EU
200 EXC EU
200 EXC AU
250 EXC EU
250 EXC AU
300 EXC EU
300 EXC AU
300 EXC BR
Related Manuals for KTM 125 EXC
-
-
-
-
Motorcycle KTM 125 EXC, EXC SIX DAYS, 200 XC, XC-W, EXC, 250 XC, XC-W, EXC, EXC SIX DAYS, 300 XC, XC-W, EXC-E, EXC-E SIX DAYS Owner’s Manual
Ktm owner’s manual motorcycle 125 exc, exc six days 200 xc, xc-w, exc 250 xc, xc-w, exc, exc six days 300 xc, xc-w, exc-e, exc-e six days (74 pages)
-
-
-
-
Summary of Contents for KTM 125 EXC
-
Page 1
OWNER’S MANUAL 2015 125 EXC EU 125 EXC Six Days EU 125 EXC Factory Edition EU 200 EXC EU 200 EXC AU 200 XC‑W US 250 EXC EU 250 EXC AU 250 EXC Six Days EU 250 EXC Factory Edition EU 250 XC‑W US… -
Page 3
KTM accepts no liability for delivery options, deviations from illustrations and descriptions, misprints, and other errors. -
Page 4: Table Of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS 6.25 Foot brake lever ……….18 TABLE OF CONTENTS MEANS OF REPRESENTATION ……..5 6.26 Side stand…………19 Symbols used ……….. 5 6.27 Steering lock (All EXC models) ……19 Formats used………… 5 6.28 Locking the steering (All EXC models) ….19 SAFETY ADVICE…………
-
Page 5
TABLE OF CONTENTS 11.4 Adjusting the high-speed compression 12.38 Adjusting the chain tension……69 damping of the shock absorber……42 12.39 Checking the chain, rear sprocket, engine 11.5 Adjusting the rebound damping of the shock sprocket and chain guide ……… 70 absorber………… -
Page 6
22.6 Tires …………122 22.7 Fork…………. 122 22.7.1 125 EXC EU, all 200 models, 125 EXC Factory Edition EU …… 122 22.7.2 250/300 EXC EU/AU, XC-W US, 250/300 EXC Factory Edition, 300 EXC BR ……….122 22.7.3 125 EXC Six Days EU ……. 123 22.7.4… -
Page 7: Means Of Representation
All work marked with this symbol requires specialist knowledge and technical understanding. In the interest of your own safety, have these jobs performed by an authorized KTM workshop. There, your motorcycle will be opti- mally cared for by specially trained experts using the specialist tools required.
-
Page 8: Safety Advice
Use definition — intended use (All EXC models) KTM sport motorcycles are designed and built to withstand the normal stresses and strains of competitive use. The motorcycles comply with currently valid regulations and categories of the top international motorsport organizations.
-
Page 9: Safe Operation
Keep the Owner’s Manual in an accessible place to enable you to refer to it as needed. If you would like to know more about the vehicle or have questions on the material you read, please contact an authorized KTM dealer.
-
Page 10: Important Notes
Guarantee, warranty The work prescribed in the service schedule must be carried out by an authorized KTM workshop only and confirmed in the customer’s Service & Warranty Booklet and in the KTM Dealer.net; otherwise, all warranty claims will be void. No warranty claims can be consid- ered for damage resulting from manipulations and/or alterations to the vehicle.
-
Page 11: View Of Vehicle
VIEW OF VEHICLE View of vehicle, front left (example) B02140-10 Hand brake lever ( p. 13) Kill switch ( p. 13) Kill switch ( p. 14) Clutch lever ( p. 13) Chain guide Air filter box lid Side stand ( p.
-
Page 12: View Of Vehicle, Rear Right (Example)
VIEW OF VEHICLE View of vehicle, rear right (example) B02141-10 Filler cap Throttle grip ( p. 13) Chassis number ( p. 11) Kick starter ( p. 18) Foot brake lever ( p. 18) Level viewer for brake fluid, rear…
-
Page 13: Serial Numbers
SERIAL NUMBERS Chassis number The chassis number is stamped on the right side of the steering head. 401946-10 Type label The type label is fixed to the front of the steering head. 401946-10 Key number (All EXC models) …
-
Page 14: Shock Absorber Part Number
SERIAL NUMBERS Shock absorber part number The shock absorber part number is stamped on the top of the shock absorber above the adjusting ring on the engine side. 0 0 1 401948-10…
-
Page 15: Controls
CONTROLS Clutch lever (All 125/200 models) The clutch lever is fitted on the left side of the handlebar. The clutch is hydraulically operated and self-adjusting. 602726-10 (All 250/300 models) The clutch lever is fitted on the left side of the handlebar. The clutch is hydraulically operated and self-adjusting.
-
Page 16: Kill Switch (Six Days Eu)
CONTROLS Kill switch (Six Days EU) The kill switch is fitted on the left side of the handlebar. Possible states in the basic position – In this position, the ignition circuit is closed • Kill switch and the engine can be started. is pressed –…
-
Page 17: Light Switch (Six Days Eu)
CONTROLS 6.10 Light switch (Six Days EU) The light switch is fitted on the left side of the handlebar. Possible states Low beam on – Light switch is in the central position. In this position, the low beam and tail light are switched on. High beam on –…
-
Page 18: Electric Starter Button (All 200/250/300 Eu/Us Models, 300 Exc Br)
CONTROLS 6.15 Electric starter button (All 200/250/300 EU/US models, 300 EXC BR) The electric starter button is fitted on the right side of the handlebar. Possible states • Electric starter button in basic position pressed – In this position, the electric starter is actuated. •…
-
Page 19: Closing The Filler Cap
CONTROLS Warning Danger of poisoning Fuel is poisonous and a health hazard. – Fuel must not come into contact with the skin, eyes, or clothing. Do not breathe in the fuel vapors. If contact occurs with the eyes, rinse with water immediately and contact a physician. Immediately clean contaminated areas on the skin with soap and water.
-
Page 20: Choke
CONTROLS 6.22 Choke The choke lever is fitted on the left side of the carburetor. Activating the choke function frees an opening in the carburetor through which the engine can draw extra fuel. This creates a richer fuel-air mixture, as is required for a cold start.
-
Page 21: Side Stand
CONTROLS 6.26 Side stand The side stand is on the left side of the vehicle. 401943-10 The side stand is used to park the motorcycle. Info When you are riding, side stand must be folded up and secured with rubber …
-
Page 22: Unlocking The Steering (All Exc Models)
CONTROLS 6.29 Unlocking the steering (All EXC models) – Insert the key in the steering lock, turn it to the left, pull it out and turn it to the right. Remove the key. You can now steer the bike again. Info Never leave the key in the steering lock.
-
Page 23: Speedometer
SPEEDOMETER Speedometer overview – Press the button to control different functions. – Press the button to control different functions. Info When the vehicle is delivered, only the SPEED/H and SPEED/ODO display modes are activated. 401761-01 Activation and test Activating the speedometer The speedometer is activated when one of the buttons is pressed or an impulse comes from the wheel speed sensor.
-
Page 24: Setting The Speedometer Functions
SPEEDOMETER Setting the speedometer functions Info When the vehicle is delivered, only the SPEED/H and SPEED/ODO display modes are activated. Condition The motorcycle is stationary. – Repeatedly press the button briefly until H appears at the bottom right of the display.
-
Page 25: Display Mode Speed (Speed)
SPEEDOMETER – Repeatedly press the button briefly until LAP appears at the bottom right of the display. – Briefly press the button LAP 1 appears on the left side of the display. – The laps 1–10 can be viewed with the button –…
-
Page 26: Setting The Unit Of Measurement
SPEEDOMETER Briefly press the Activates the flashing display and changes to the next display button Press the button No function for 2–3 seconds. Briefly press the Deactivates the flashing display and changes to the next dis- button play Press the button No function for 2–3 seconds.
-
Page 27: Setting The Clock
SPEEDOMETER 7.12 Setting the clock Condition • The motorcycle is stationary. – Repeatedly press the button briefly until CLK appears at the bottom right of the display. – Press the button for 2–3 seconds. Press the button Increases the value for 2–3 seconds.
-
Page 28: Display Mode Speed/Odo (Odometer)
SPEEDOMETER 7.15 Display mode SPEED/ODO (odometer) – Repeatedly press the button briefly until ODO appears at the bottom right of the display. The total traveled distance is shown in display mode ODO. Press the button No function for 2–3 seconds. Briefly press the Next display mode button…
-
Page 29: Display Mode Speed/A1 (Average Speed 1)
SPEEDOMETER Info The TR2 value can also be corrected manually during the journey with the but- and the button If 999.9 is exceeded, the value of TR2 is automatically reset to 0.0. Press the button Increases value of TR2. for 2–3 seconds. Briefly press the Increases value of TR2.
-
Page 30: Display Mode Speed/S1 (Stop Watch 1)
SPEEDOMETER 7.21 Display mode SPEED/S1 (stop watch 1) – Repeatedly press the button briefly until S1 appears at the top right of the dis- play. S1 (Stop watch 1) shows the riding time based on TR1 and continues running as soon as an impulse arrives from the wheel speed sensor.
-
Page 31: Table Of Conditions And Menu Activation
SPEEDOMETER Display Press the but- Briefly press the Press the but- Briefly press the Wait 3–5 sec- Wait 10–12 sec- for 2–3 button for 2–3 button onds onds seconds. seconds. Display mode The stop watch Next display Stops the clock. Starts the stop SPEED/LAP (lap and the lap time…
-
Page 32: Preparing For Use
When using your motorcycle, remember that others may feel disturbed by excessive noise. – Make sure that the pre-delivery inspection work has been carried out by an authorized KTM workshop. You receive a delivery certificate and the Service and Warranty Booklet at vehicle handover.
-
Page 33: Running In The Engine
PREPARING FOR USE – Hold the handlebar firmly with both hands and keep your feet on the footrests when riding. – If you carry any baggage, make sure it is fixed firmly as close as possible to the center of the vehicle and ensure even weight dis- tribution between the front and rear wheels.
-
Page 34: Preparations For Riding On Dry Sand
Info Read the KTM PowerParts installation instructions. – Adjust the carburetor jetting and setting. Info 600871-01 Your authorized KTM workshop can recommend the right carburetor tuning. – Clean the chain. Chain cleaner ( p. 137) – Mount the steel sprocket.
-
Page 35: Preparations For Riding On Wet And Muddy Surfaces
Info Read the KTM PowerParts installation instructions. – Adjust the carburetor jetting and setting. Info 600870-01 Your authorized KTM workshop can recommend the right carburetor tuning. – Clean the chain. Chain cleaner ( p. 137) – Mount the steel sprocket.
-
Page 36: Preparing For Riding At Low Temperatures Or In Snow
Mount the rain cover for the air filter. Rain cover for air filter (59006021000) Info Follow the KTM PowerParts mounting instructions. – Adjust the carburetor jetting and setting. Info 600870-01 Your authorized KTM workshop can recommend the right carburetor tuning.
-
Page 37: Riding Instructions
RIDING INSTRUCTIONS Checks and maintenance work when preparing for use Info Before riding the vehicle, always check its condition and operating safety. The vehicle must be in perfect technical condition when used. – Check the gear oil level. ( p. 107) –…
-
Page 38: Start Off
Do not change into a low gear at high engine speed. The engine races and the rear wheel can lock up. Info If you hear unusual noises while riding, stop immediately, switch off the engine, and contact an authorized KTM workshop. First gear is used for starting off or for steep inclines.
-
Page 39: Stopping, Parking
RIDING INSTRUCTIONS – On sandy, wet or slippery surfaces, use the rear brake. – Braking should always be completed before you go into a bend. Change down to a lower gear appropriate to your road speed. Stopping, parking Warning Risk of misappropriation Usage by unauthorized persons. –…
-
Page 40: Refueling
RIDING INSTRUCTIONS Refueling Danger Fire hazard Fuel is highly flammable. – Never refuel the vehicle near open flames or burning cigarettes, and always switch off the engine first. Be careful that no fuel is spilt, especially on hot vehicle components. Clean up spilt fuel immediately. –…
-
Page 41: Service Schedule
● ● Check the idle. ● ● Final check: Check the vehicle for safe operation and take a test ride. ● ● Make the service entry in the KTM Dealer.net and in the Service and Warranty Booklet. ● Periodic interval…
-
Page 42: Service Work (As Additional Order)
SERVICE SCHEDULE 10.2 Service work (as additional order) Annually Every 80 operating hours/every 40 operating hours when used for motorsports Every 40 operating hours Once after 10 operating hours ● Change the front brake fluid. ● Change the rear brake fluid. ●…
-
Page 43: Tuning The Chassis
Caution Danger of accidents Disassembly of pressurized parts can lead to injury. – The shock absorber is filled with high density nitrogen. Adhere to the description provided. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Info The low-speed setting can be seen during the slow to normal compression of the shock absorber.
-
Page 44: Adjusting The High-Speed Compression Damping Of The Shock Absorber
Caution Danger of accidents Disassembly of pressurized parts can lead to injury. – The shock absorber is filled with high density nitrogen. Adhere to the description provided. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Info The high-speed setting can be seen during the fast compression of the shock absorber.
-
Page 45: Measuring The Sag Of The Unloaded Rear Wheel
TUNING THE CHASSIS – Turn adjusting screw clockwise up to the last perceptible click. Info Do not loosen nut – Turn counterclockwise by the number of clicks corresponding to the shock absorber type. Guideline (All 125/200 models) B00792-10 Rebound damping Comfort 28 clicks…
-
Page 46: Checking The Riding Sag Of The Shock Absorber
Caution Danger of accidents Disassembly of pressurized parts can lead to injury. – The shock absorber is filled with high density nitrogen. Adhere to the description provided. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Info Before changing the spring preload, make a note of the present setting, e.g., by measuring the length of the spring.
-
Page 47: Adjusting The Riding Sag
TUNING THE CHASSIS Info Depending on the static sag and/or the riding sag, it may be necessary to increase or decrease the spring preload. – Tighten screw Guideline Screw, shock absorber adjusting ring 5 Nm (3.7 lbf ft) Finishing work –…
-
Page 48: Adjusting The Compression Damping Of The Fork
Make the same adjustment on both fork legs. – Turn counterclockwise by the number of clicks corresponding to the fork type. M00090-10 Guideline (125 EXC EU, all 200 models, 125 EXC Factory Edition EU) Compression damping Comfort 22 clicks Standard…
-
Page 49: Adjusting The Rebound Damping Of The Fork
Make the same adjustment on both fork legs. – Turn counterclockwise by the number of clicks corresponding to the fork type. Guideline (125 EXC EU, all 200 models, 125 EXC Factory Edition EU) B02145-10 Rebound damping Comfort 20 clicks…
-
Page 50: Adjusting The Spring Preload Of The Fork (Exc, Xc-W, Exc Factory Edition)
Make the same adjustment on both fork legs. – Turn clockwise by the number of turns corresponding to the fork type. Guideline (125 EXC EU, all 200 models, 125 EXC Factory Edition EU) Spring preload — Preload Adjuster M00092-01 Comfort…
-
Page 51: Adjusting The Handlebar Position
TUNING THE CHASSIS 11.16 Adjusting the handlebar position Warning Danger of accidents Handlebar breakage. – If the handlebar is bent or straightened it will cause material fatigue, and the handlebar can break. Always replace handle- bar. – Remove screws . Remove the handlebar clamp. Remove the handlebar and lay it to one side.
-
Page 52: Service Work On The Chassis
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.1 Raising the motorcycle with the lift stand Note Danger of damage The parked vehicle may roll away or fall over. – Always place the vehicle on a firm and even surface. – Raise the motorcycle at the frame underneath the engine. Lift stand (54829055000) Neither wheel is in contact with the ground.
-
Page 53: Cleaning The Dust Boots Of The Fork Legs
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.4 Cleaning the dust boots of the fork legs Preparatory work – Raise the motorcycle with the lift stand. ( p. 50) – Loosen the fork protection. ( p. 51) Main work – Push dust boots of both fork legs downwards.
-
Page 54: Removing The Fork Legs
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.7 Removing the fork legs Preparatory work – Raise the motorcycle with the lift stand. ( p. 50) – Remove the front wheel. p. 86) – Remove the headlight mask with the headlight. ( p. 94) Main work –…
-
Page 55: Removing The Fork Protector
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS (EXC Factory Edition) – Position the fork legs. Info Grooves are milled into the side of the upper end of the fork legs. The second milled groove (from the top) must be flush with the top edge of the upper triple clamp.
-
Page 56: Installing The Fork Protector
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.10 Installing the fork protector Main work – Position the fork protection on the left fork leg. Mount and tighten screws Guideline Remaining screws, chassis 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) – Position the fork protection on the right fork leg. Mount and tighten the screws. Guideline Remaining screws, chassis 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft)
-
Page 57: Installing The Lower Triple Clamp (Exc, Xc-W)
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS Main work – Remove screw . Remove screw . Pull off the upper triple clamp with the han- dlebar and hang it to one side. Info Protect the components against damage by covering them. Do not bend the cables and lines.
-
Page 58
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS – Tighten screws Guideline Screw, bottom triple clamp 15 Nm (11.1 lbf ft) B02153-10 – Tighten screw Guideline Screw, top steering head M20x1.5 12 Nm (8.9 lbf ft) B02153-11 – Tighten screw Guideline Screw, top steering stem 20 Nm… -
Page 59: Installing The Lower Triple Clamp (Six Days, Exc Factory Edition)
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.14 Installing the lower triple clamp (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition) Main work – Clean the bearing and sealing elements, check for damage, and grease. High viscosity grease ( p. 137) – Insert the lower triple clamp with the steering stem. Mount the upper steering head bearing.
-
Page 60: Checking The Play Of The Steering Head Bearing
Danger of accidents Unstable vehicle handling from incorrect steering head bearing play. – Adjust the steering head bearing play without delay. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Info If the bike is ridden with play in the steering head bearing, the bearing and the bearing seats in the frame can become dam- aged over time.
-
Page 61: Adjusting The Play Of The Steering Head Bearing
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS Main work – Move the handlebar to the straight-ahead position. Move the fork legs to and fro in the direction of travel. No play should be noticeable in the steering head bearing. » If there is noticeable play present: –…
-
Page 62: Greasing The Steering Head Bearing
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS (EXC Factory Edition) – Loosen screws . Remove screw – Loosen and retighten screw Guideline Screw, top steering head M20x1.5 12 Nm (8.9 lbf ft) – Using a plastic hammer, tap lightly on the upper triple clamp to avoid strains. –…
-
Page 63: Installing The Front Fender
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.19 Installing the front fender Main work – Position the front fender. Mount and tighten screws Guideline Remaining screws, chassis 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) B02156-10 – Mount and tighten screws Guideline Remaining screws, chassis 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) B02155-11 Finishing work…
-
Page 64: Removing The Seat
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS Guideline Screw, bottom shock 80 Nm Loctite ® 2701™ absorber (59 lbf ft) Info The heim joint for the shock absorber at the swing arm is Teflon coated. It must not be lubricated with grease or with other lubricants. Lubricants dissolve the Teflon coating, thereby drastically reducing the service life.
-
Page 65: Removing The Air Filter Box Lid
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS – Mount and tighten screw of the seat fixation. Guideline Remaining screws, chassis 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) B00817-10 12.24 Removing the air filter box lid – Pull off the air filter box lid in area …
-
Page 66: Installing The Air Filter
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.27 Installing the air filter Main work – Mount the clean air filter on the air filter support. – Grease the air filter in area Long-life grease ( p. 137) 301262-10 – Insert both parts together, position them and fasten them using air filter holder The arrow of marking UP faces up.
-
Page 67: Sealing The Air Filter Box
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.29 Sealing the air filter box Preparatory work – Remove the air filter box lid. ( p. 63) Main work – Seal the air filter box in the marked area 401527-10 Finishing work – Install the air filter box lid.
-
Page 68: Removing The Fuel Tank
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS Main work – Remove screws – Pull out inner tube – Remove glass fiber yarn filling from the inner tube. – Clean the parts that need to be reinstalled and check for damage. –…
-
Page 69: Installing The Fuel Tank
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS – Pull both spoilers off of the sides of the radiator bracket and lift off the fuel tank. 602721-10 12.34 Installing the fuel tank Danger Fire hazard Fuel is highly flammable. – Never refuel the vehicle near open flames or burning cigarettes, and always switch off the engine first. Be careful that no fuel is spilt, especially on hot vehicle components.
-
Page 70: Checking The Chain For Dirt
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.35 Checking the chain for dirt – Check the chain for heavy soiling. » If the chain is very dirty: – Clean the chain. ( p. 68) 400678-01 12.36 Cleaning the chain Warning Danger of accidents Oil or grease on the tires reduces their grip. –…
-
Page 71: Adjusting The Chain Tension
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS Main work – Pull the chain at the end of the chain sliding piece upward to measure chain ten- sion Info The bottom chain section must be taut. When the chain guard is mounted, it must be possible to pull up the chain …
-
Page 72: Checking The Chain, Rear Sprocket, Engine Sprocket And Chain Guide
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.39 Checking the chain, rear sprocket, engine sprocket and chain guide Preparatory work – Raise the motorcycle with the lift stand. ( p. 50) Main work – Shift gear to neutral. – Check the rear sprocket and engine sprocket for wear. »…
-
Page 73: Checking The Frame
If the frame exhibits cracking or deformation due to a mechanical impact: – Change the frame. Info A frame that has been damaged due to a mechanical impact must be replaced. Repair of the frame is not authorized by KTM. 401347-01…
-
Page 74: Checking The Swingarm
If the swingarm shows signs of damage, cracking, or deformation: – Change the swingarm. Info A damaged swingarm must always be changed. Repair of the swingarm is not authorized by KTM. 401341-01 12.42 Checking the routing of the throttle cable Preparatory work –…
-
Page 75: Checking The Rubber Grip
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.43 Checking the rubber grip – Check the rubber grips on the handlebar for damage and wear and to ensure they are firmly seated. » If a rubber grip is damaged, worn, or loose: – Change and secure the rubber grip.
-
Page 76: Checking/Correcting The Fluid Level Of The Hydraulic Clutch
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.46 Checking/correcting the fluid level of the hydraulic clutch Info The fluid level rises with increasing wear of the clutch lining discs. (All 125/200 models) – Move the clutch fluid reservoir mounted on the handlebar to a horizontal posi- tion.
-
Page 77
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS – Fill bleeding syringe with the appropriate hydraulic fluid. Bleed syringe (50329050000) Hydraulic fluid (15) ( p. 136) – On the slave cylinder of the clutch, remove bleeder screw and mount bleed- ing syringe B02164-10 –… -
Page 78: Removing The Engine Guard (Six Days, Exc Factory Edition)
SERVICE WORK ON THE CHASSIS 12.48 Removing the engine guard (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition) – Turn quick release counterclockwise until it disengages. Remove the engine guard. B01204-10 12.49 Installing the engine guard (Six Days, EXC Factory Edition) – Attach the engine guard at the back of the frame and swing it up at front.
-
Page 79: Brake System
BRAKE SYSTEM 13.1 Checking the free travel of the hand brake lever Warning Danger of accidents Brake system failure. – If there is no free travel on the hand brake lever, pressure builds up on the front brake circuit. The front brake can fail due to overheating.
-
Page 80: Checking The Brake Discs
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) – Move the brake fluid reservoir mounted on the handlebar to a horizontal position.
-
Page 81: Checking The Front Brake Linings
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Warning Environmental hazard Hazardous substances cause environmental damage.
-
Page 82: Changing The Front Brake Linings
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to oil or grease on the brake discs.
-
Page 83: Checking The Free Travel Of Foot Brake Lever
BRAKE SYSTEM – Check that leaf spring in the brake caliper and sliding plate in the brake caliper support are seated correctly. 100397-01 – Insert the new brake linings, insert the pin, and mount the cotter pins. Info Always change the full set of brake linings.
-
Page 84: Checking The Rear Brake Fluid Level
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) – Stand the vehicle upright.
-
Page 85: Adding Brake Fluid For The Rear Brake
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Warning Environmental hazard Hazardous substances cause environmental damage.
-
Page 86: Changing The Brake Linings Of The Rear Brake
Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to old brake fluid. – Change the brake fluid of the front and rear brake according to the service schedule. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Warning Danger of accidents Reduced braking efficiency due to use of non-approved brake linings.
-
Page 87
BRAKE SYSTEM – Check that leaf spring in the brake caliper and sliding plate in the brake caliper support are seated correctly. 100407-10 – Insert the new brake linings, insert the pin, and mount the cotter pins. Info Always change the brake linings in pairs. -
Page 88: Wheels, Tires
WHEELS, TIRES 14.1 Removing the front wheel Preparatory work – Raise the motorcycle with the lift stand. ( p. 50) Main work – Press the brake caliper onto the brake disc by hand in order to push back the brake pistons.
-
Page 89: Removing The Rear Wheel
WHEELS, TIRES – Lift the front wheel into the fork, position it, and insert the wheel spindle. The brake linings are correctly positioned. – Mount and tighten screw Guideline Screw, front wheel spindle M24x1.5 45 Nm (33.2 lbf ft) –…
-
Page 90: Installing The Rear Wheel
Checking the tire condition Info Only mount tires approved and/or recommended by KTM. Other tires could have a negative effect on handling characteristics. The type, condition and air pressure of the tires all have an important impact on the handling characteristics of the motorcycle.
-
Page 91: Checking The Tire Air Pressure
Danger of accidents Instable handling due to incorrect spoke tension. – Ensure that the spoke tension is correct. (Your authorized KTM workshop will be glad to help.) Info A loose spoke causes wheel imbalance and rapidly leads to more loose spokes.
-
Page 92
WHEELS, TIRES – Briefly strike each spoke with the tip of a screwdriver. Info The tone frequency depends on the length of the spoke and the spoke diam- eter. If you hear different tone frequencies from different spokes of equal length and diameter, this is an indication of different spoke tensions. -
Page 93: Electrical System
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15.1 Removing the battery (All 200/250/300 models) Warning Risk of injury Battery acid and battery gases cause serious chemical burns. – Keep batteries out of the reach of children. – Wear suitable protective clothing and goggles. – Avoid contact with battery acid and battery gases. –…
-
Page 94: Recharging The Battery (All 200/250/300 Models)
– Do not dispose of batteries with the household waste. Dispose of a defective battery in an environmentally friendly manner. Give the battery to your authorized KTM dealer or dispose of it at a collection point for used batteries. Warning Environmental hazard Hazardous substances cause environmental damage.
-
Page 95: Changing The Main Fuse (All 200/250/300 Models)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15.4 Changing the main fuse (All 200/250/300 models) Warning Fire hazard The electrical system can be overloaded if the wrong fuses are used. – Use only fuses with the prescribed amperage. Never bypass or repair fuses. Info The main fuse protects all power consumers of the vehicle. It is located in the starter relay housing under the air filter box cover.
-
Page 96: Removing The Headlight Mask With The Headlight
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15.5 Removing the headlight mask with the headlight – Switch off all power consumers and switch off the engine. – Remove screw and take off the clamp. – Release rubber straps . Slide the headlight mask up and swing it forward. 602762-10 (All EXC models) –…
-
Page 97: Changing The Headlight Bulb
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM – Position the headlight mask and fix it with rubber straps The holding lugs engage. – Position the brake line and wiring harness. Put the clamp on and mount and tighten screw 602762-11 Finishing work – Check the headlight setting.
-
Page 98: Checking The Headlight Setting
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Main work – Remove the screw on the rear of the turn signal housing. – Carefully remove turn signal glass – Lightly squeeze orange cap in the area of the holding lugs and take it off. –…
-
Page 99: Changing The Speedometer Battery
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 15.11 Changing the speedometer battery Preparatory work – Remove the headlight mask with the headlight. ( p. 94) Main work – Remove screws – Pull the speedometer upward out of the holder. 602746-10 – Using a coin, turn protection cap all the way counterclockwise and remove it.
-
Page 100: Cooling System
COOLING SYSTEM 16.1 Cooling system (All 125/200 models) Water pump in the engine circulates the coolant. The pressure resulting from the warming of the cooling system is regulated by a valve in radiator cap . This ensures that operating the vehicle at the specified coolant temperature will not result in a risk of malfunctions.
-
Page 101: Checking The Coolant Level
COOLING SYSTEM 16.3 Checking the coolant level Warning Danger of scalding During motorcycle operation, the coolant gets very hot and is under pressure. – Do not remove the radiator cap, radiator hoses or other cooling system components when the engine is hot. Allow the engine and cooling system to cool down.
-
Page 102: Refilling With Coolant
COOLING SYSTEM (All 250/300 models) – Remove screw . Take off radiator cap – Completely drain the coolant. – Mount and tighten screw with a new seal ring. Guideline Drain plug, water pump cover M10x1 15 Nm (11.1 lbf ft) B02168-11 16.5…
-
Page 103
COOLING SYSTEM – Place the vehicle back on a level surface. – Fill the radiator completely with coolant. – Mount radiator cap – Run the engine until it is warm. M00597-10 Finishing work – Check the coolant level. ( p. -
Page 104: Tuning The Engine
TUNING THE ENGINE 17.1 Checking the play in the throttle cable – Check the throttle grip for smooth operation. – Move the handlebar to the straight-ahead position. Move the throttle grip back- wards and forwards to ascertain the play in the throttle cable. Play in throttle cable 3……
-
Page 105: Carburetor — Adjusting The Idle Speed
TUNING THE ENGINE The idle speed is adjusted with adjusting screw The idle mixture is adjusted with the idle air adjusting screw Idle air range A Operation with the throttle slide closed. This range is influenced by adjusting screw …
-
Page 106: Emptying The Carburetor Float Chamber
TUNING THE ENGINE – Adjust the idle speed with adjusting screw Guideline Choke function deactivated – The choke lever is pushed in all the way. ( p. 18) Idle speed 1,400… 1,500 rpm – Turn idle air adjusting screw slowly in a clockwise direction until the idle speed begins to fall.
-
Page 107: Checking The Basic Position Of The Shift Lever
TUNING THE ENGINE 17.6 Checking the basic position of the shift lever – Sit on the vehicle in the riding position and determine the distance between the upper edge of your boot and the shift lever. Distance between shift lever and upper 10……
-
Page 108
TUNING THE ENGINE Main work – Remove screws B02129-10 – Take cap , adjusting spring , auxiliary spring , and spring insert out of the clutch cover. – Pull both springs off of the spring insert. B00056-11 –… -
Page 109: Service Work On The Engine
SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE 18.1 Checking the gear oil level Info The gear oil level must be checked while the engine is cold. Preparatory work – Stand the motorcycle upright on a horizontal surface. Main work (All 125/200 models) –…
-
Page 110: Draining The Gear Oil
SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE 18.3 Draining the gear oil Warning Danger of scalding Engine oil and gear oil get very hot when the motorcycle is ridden. – Wear appropriate protective clothing and safety gloves. In case of burns, rinse immediately with lukewarm water. Warning Environmental hazard Hazardous substances cause environmental damage.
-
Page 111: Adding Gear Oil
SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE – Mount and tighten the oil filler plug. Danger Danger of poisoning Exhaust gases are toxic and inhaling them may result in unconsciousness and/or death. – When running the engine, always make sure there is sufficient ventila- tion, and do not start or run the engine in an enclosed space without an effective exhaust extraction system.
-
Page 112
SERVICE WORK ON THE ENGINE – Start the engine and check that it is oil-tight. Finishing work – Check the gear oil level. ( p. 107) -
Page 113: Cleaning, Care
CLEANING, CARE 19.1 Cleaning the motorcycle Note Material damage Damage and destruction of components by high-pressure cleaning equipment. – When cleaning the vehicle with a pressure cleaner, do not point the water jet directly onto electrical components, connectors, cables, bearings, etc. Maintain a minimum distance of 60 cm between the nozzle of the pressure cleaner and the component. Excessive pressure can cause malfunctions or destroy these parts.
-
Page 114: Checks And Maintenance Steps For Winter Operation
CLEANING, CARE 19.2 Checks and maintenance steps for winter operation Info If the motorcycle is used in the winter, salt can be expected on the roads. Precautions need to be taken against road salt corro- sion. If the vehicle was operated in road salt, clean it with cold water after riding. Warm water would enhance the corrosive effects of salt.
-
Page 115: Storage
– Store the vehicle in a dry location that is not subject to large fluctuations in tem- perature. Info KTM recommends raising the motorcycle. – Raise the motorcycle with the lift stand. ( p. 50) – Cover the vehicle with a tarp or cover that is permeable to air.
-
Page 116: Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING Faults Possible cause Action – The engine cannot be cranked (elec- Operating error Carry out the start procedure. ( p. 35) tric starter) – Battery discharged Recharge the battery. p. 92) (All 200/250/300 models) – Check the charging voltage. –…
-
Page 117
TROUBLESHOOTING Faults Possible cause Action – Engine stalls or is popping into the Engine takes in bad air Check the intake flange and carburetor for carburetor tightness. – The connector or ignition coil is loose Clean the connector and treat it with contact or oxidized spray. -
Page 118: Technical Data
TECHNICAL DATA 22.1 Engine 22.1.1 All 125 models Design 1-cylinder 2-stroke engine, water-cooled, with reed intake and exhaust control Displacement 124.8 cm³ (7.616 cu in) Stroke 54.5 mm (2.146 in) Bore 54 mm (2.13 in) Crankshaft bearing 1 grooved ball bearing/1 roller bearing Conrod bearing Needle bearing Piston pin bearing…
-
Page 119: All 250 Models
TECHNICAL DATA 5th gear 17:19 6th gear 22:20 Ignition Contactless controlled fully electronic ignition with digital igni- tion adjustment, type Kokusan Ignition point (BTDC) 1.6 mm (0.063 in) Spark plug NGK BR 8 EG Spark plug electrode gap 0.60 mm (0.0236 in) Starting aid Kick starter and electric starter 22.1.3…
-
Page 120: Engine Tightening Torques
TECHNICAL DATA Crankshaft bearing 1 grooved ball bearing/1 roller bearing Conrod bearing Needle bearing Piston pin bearing Needle bearing Pistons Aluminum cast Piston rings 2 half keystone rings X (upper edge of piston to upper edge of cylinder) 0… 0.10 mm (0… 0.0039 in) Z (height of control flap) 48.5 mm (1.909 in) Primary transmission…
-
Page 121: All 250/300 Models
TECHNICAL DATA – Screw, gear oil level check 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) Screw, ignition system/stator 8 Nm (5.9 lbf ft) Loctite ® 243™ (All 200 models) – Screw, intake flange/reed valve housing M6 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) Screw, kick starter stop plate 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) Loctite ®…
-
Page 122: Capacities
TECHNICAL DATA Loctite ® 243™ Screw, shift lever 14 Nm (10.3 lbf ft) – Screw, slave cylinder of the clutch 10 Nm (7.4 lbf ft) – Screw, starter motor 8 Nm (5.9 lbf ft) Screw, stator 8 Nm (5.9 lbf ft) Loctite ®…
-
Page 123: Electrical System
TECHNICAL DATA Front 2.5 mm (0.098 in) Rear 3.5 mm (0.138 in) Tire air pressure, road (All EXC models) Front 1.5 bar (22 psi) Rear 1.5 bar (22 psi) Tire air pressure off road Front 1.0 bar (15 psi) Rear 1.0 bar (15 psi) Secondary ratio (All 125 models) 14:50 (13:50)
-
Page 124: Tires
Dunlop GEOMAX AT 81 Additional information is available in the Service section under: http://www.ktm.com 22.7 Fork 22.7.1 125 EXC EU, all 200 models, 125 EXC Factory Edition EU Fork part number 14.18.7L.61 WP Suspension Up Side Down 4860 MXMA PA Fork Compression damping…
-
Page 125: Exc Six Days Eu
−0.79 Fork oil per fork leg 625 ml (21.13 fl. oz.) Fork oil (SAE 4) (48601166S1) ( p. 135) 22.7.3 125 EXC Six Days EU Fork part number 24.18.7N.61 Fork WP Suspension Up Side Down 4860 4CS Compression damping Comfort…
-
Page 126: Shock Absorber
TECHNICAL DATA Spring rate Weight of rider: 65… 75 kg (143… 165 lb.) 3.8 N/mm (21.7 lb/in) Weight of rider: 75… 85 kg (165… 187 lb.) 4.0 N/mm (22.8 lb/in) Weight of rider: 85… 95 kg (187… 209 lb.) 4.2 N/mm (24 lb/in) Fork length 932 mm (36.69 in) Air chamber length…
-
Page 127: Chassis Tightening Torques
TECHNICAL DATA Comfort 28 clicks Standard 24 clicks Sport 22 clicks Spring preload Comfort 7 mm (0.28 in) Standard 7 mm (0.28 in) Sport 7 mm (0.28 in) Spring rate Weight of rider: 65… 75 kg (143… 165 lb.) 66 N/mm (377 lb/in) Weight of rider: 75……
-
Page 128
TECHNICAL DATA – Screw, top steering stem (EXC, XC‑W) 20 Nm (14.8 lbf ft) Screw, top steering stem (Six Days, 17 Nm (12.5 lbf ft) Loctite ® 243™ EXC Factory Edition) – Screw, top triple clamp (EXC, XC‑W) 20 Nm (14.8 lbf ft) –… -
Page 129: Carburetor
TECHNICAL DATA 22.10 Carburetor 22.10.1 All 125 models Carburetor type KEIHIN PWK 36S AG Carburetor identification number FK125 Needle position 4th position from top Jet needle N84I (N1EF / N1EG) Main jet 100 (172/175) Idling jet 38×38 (42/45) Starting jet 50 (85) Idle air adjusting screw Open…
-
Page 130
TECHNICAL DATA 402138-01 M/FT ASL Sea level TEMP Temperature Idle air adjusting screw open Idling jet Needle Needle position from above Main jet Does not apply to sand surfaces! -
Page 131: 22.10.3 200 Exc Eu
TECHNICAL DATA 22.10.3 200 EXC EU Carburetor type KEIHIN PWK 36S AG Carburetor identification number FK027 Needle position 3rd position from top Jet needle NPRH (N1EH / N1EI / N1EJ) Main jet 100 (162/165) Idling jet 35×35 (40) Starting jet 50 (85) Idle air adjusting screw Open…
-
Page 132
TECHNICAL DATA 402139-01 M/FT ASL Sea level TEMP Temperature Idle air adjusting screw open Idling jet Needle Needle position from above Main jet Does not apply to sand surfaces! -
Page 133: 22.10.7 250 Exc Eu, 250 Exc Six Days Eu, 250 Exc Factory Edition Eu
TECHNICAL DATA 22.10.7 250 EXC EU, 250 EXC Six Days EU, 250 EXC Factory Edition EU Carburetor type KEIHIN PWK 36S AG Carburetor identification number FK028 Needle position 2nd position from top Jet needle N84K (N2ZW / N2ZH / N2ZJ) Main jet 110 (172/175) Idling jet…
-
Page 134
TECHNICAL DATA 402140-01 M/FT ASL Sea level TEMP Temperature Idle air adjusting screw open Idling jet Needle Needle position from above Main jet Does not apply to sand surfaces! -
Page 135: 22.10.11 300 Exc Eu, 300 Exc Six Days Eu, 300 Exc Factory Edition Eu
TECHNICAL DATA 22.10.11 300 EXC EU, 300 EXC Six Days EU, 300 EXC Factory Edition EU Carburetor type KEIHIN PWK 36S AG Carburetor identification number FK029 Needle position 2nd position from top Jet needle N84K (N8RG / N8RH) Main jet 115 (170/172/175) Idling jet 38X38 (35)
-
Page 136: 22.10.15 General Carburetor Tuning
TECHNICAL DATA 402141-01 M/FT ASL Sea level TEMP Temperature Idle air adjusting screw open Idling jet Needle Needle position from above Main jet Does not apply to sand surfaces! 22.10.15 General carburetor tuning 1… 5 Needle position from above The five needle positions are shown here. 0 0 1 The carburetor tuning depends on the defined ambient and operating conditions.
-
Page 137: Substances
SUBSTANCES Brake fluid DOT 4 / DOT 5.1 Standard/classification – Guideline – Use only brake fluid that complies with the specified standard (see specifications on the container) and that exhibits the corre- sponding properties. Recommended supplier Castrol – RESPONSE BRAKE FLUID SUPER DOT 4 Motorex ®…
-
Page 138
SUBSTANCES Hydraulic fluid (15) Standard/classification – ISO VG (15) Guideline – Use only hydraulic oil that complies with the specified standard (see specifications on the container) and that possesses the corre- sponding properties. Recommended supplier Motorex ® – Hydraulic Fluid 75 Shock absorber fluid (SAE 2.5) (50180751S1) Standard/classification –… -
Page 139: Auxiliary Substances
Preserving materials for paints, metal and rubber Recommended supplier Motorex ® – Moto Protect Rubber grip adhesive (00062030051) Recommended supplier KTM Motorrad AG – GRIP GLUE Special cleaner for glossy and matte paint finishes, metal and plastic surfaces Recommended supplier Motorex ® –…
-
Page 140
AUXILIARY SUBSTANCES Universal oil spray Recommended supplier Motorex ® – Joker 440 Synthetic… -
Page 141: Standards
STANDARDS JASO T903 MA Different technical development directions required a new specification for 4-stroke motorcycles – the JASO T903 MA Standard. Ear- lier, engine oils from the automobile industry were used for 4-stroke motorcycles because there was no separate motorcycle specifi- cation.
-
Page 142: Index
INDEX Clutch INDEX fluid level, checking/correcting ….74 Accessories ……..8 fluid, changing .
-
Page 143
INDEX Fork Kick starter ……..18 basic setting, checking ….. . . 45 Kill switch . -
Page 144
INDEX installing ……. . . 61 removing ……. . . 61 Use definition . -
Page 145
*3213233en* 3213233en 10/2014 KTM Motorrad AG 5230 Mattighofen/Austria Photo: Mitterbauer/KTM http://www.ktm.com…
инструкцияKTM 125 EXC
ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙΔΙΟ ΙΔΙΟΚΤΗΤΗ 2015
125 EXC EU
125 EXC Six Days EU
125 EXC Factory Edition EU
200 EXC EU
200 EXC AU
200 XC‑W US
250 EXC EU
250 EXC AU
250 EXC Six Days EU
250 EXC Factory Edition EU
250 XC‑W US
300 EXC EU
300 EXC AU
300 EXC Six Days EU
300 EXC Factory Edition EU
300 XC‑W Six Days US
300 XC‑W US
300 EXC BR
Κωδ. είδους 3213233el
Посмотреть инструкция для KTM 125 EXC бесплатно. Руководство относится к категории мотоциклы, 2 человек(а) дали ему среднюю оценку 9.4. Руководство доступно на следующих языках: английский. У вас есть вопрос о KTM 125 EXC или вам нужна помощь? Задайте свой вопрос здесь
- 1 ΤΡΟΠΟΣ ΠΑΡΟΥΣΙΑΣΗΣ
- 2 ΥΠΟΔΕΙΞΕΙΣ ΑΣΦΑΛΕΙΑΣ
- 3 ΣΗΜΑΝΤΙΚΕΣ ΥΠΟΔΕΙΞΕΙΣ
- 4 ΕΜΦΑΝΙΣΗ ΟΧΗΜΑΤΟΣ
- 5 ΑΡΙΘΜΟΙ ΣΕΙΡΑΣ
- 6 ΧΕΙΡΙΣΤΗΡΙΑ
- 7 ΤΑΧΥΜΕΤΡΟ
- 8 ΕΝΑΡΞΗ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ
- 9 ΟΔΗΓΙΕΣ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΟΔΗΓΗΣΗ
- 10 ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ
- 11 ΡΥΘΜΙΣΗ ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑΤΟΣ ΑΝΑΡΤΗΣΗΣ
- 12 ΕΡΓΑΣΙΕΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΠΛΑΙΣΙΟΥ
- 13 ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑ ΦΡΕΝΩΝ
- 14 ΤΡΟΧΟΙ, ΕΛΑΣΤΙΚΑ
- 15 ΗΛΕΚΤΡΙΚΟ ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑ
- 16 ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑ ΨΥΞΗΣ
- 17 ΡΥΘΜΙΣΗ ΚΙΝΗΤΗΡΑ
- 18 ΕΡΓΑΣΙΕΣ ΣΕΡΒΙΣ ΚΙΝΗΤΗΡΑ
- 19 ΚΑΘΑΡΙΣΜΟΣ, ΦΡΟΝΤΙΔΑ
- 20 ΑΠΟΘΗΚΕΥΣΗ
- 21 ΑΝΑΖΗΤΗΣΗ ΒΛΑΒΗΣ
- 22 ΤΕΧΝΙΚΑ ΧΑΡΑΚΤΗΡΙΣΤΙΚΑ
- 23 ΥΛΙΚΑ ΛΕΙΤΟΥΡΓΙΑΣ
- 24 ΒΟΗΘΗΤΙΚΑ ΠΡΟΪΟΝΤΑ
- 25 ΠΡΟΤΥΠΑ
- ΕΥΡΕΤΗΡΙΟ
Нужна помощь?
У вас есть вопрос о KTM а ответа нет в руководстве? Задайте свой вопрос здесь Дай исчерпывающее описание проблемы и четко задайте свой вопрос. Чем детальнее описание проблемы или вопроса, тем легче будет другим пользователям KTM предоставить вам исчерпывающий ответ.
Количество вопросов: 0
Главная
KTM | |
125 EXC | |
мотоцикл | |
английский | |
Руководство пользователя (PDF) |
Не можете найти ответ на свой вопрос в руководстве? Вы можете найти ответ на свой вопрос ниже, в разделе часто задаваемых вопросов о KTM 125 EXC.
Как перевести мили в километры?
В чем разница между топливом E10 и E5?
Какова рекомендуемая частота замены масляного фильтра в двигателе KTM?
Как часто следует менять масло в двигателе KTM?
Как удалить ржавчину с устройства KTM мотоцикл?
Инструкция KTM 125 EXC доступно в русский?
Не нашли свой вопрос? Задайте свой вопрос здесь
Нет результатов
Bajaj Pulsar 125
инструкция48 страниц(ы)
Bajaj CT 125X
инструкция48 страниц(ы)
Suzuki SV650 S (2000)
инструкция26 страниц(ы)
BMW S 1000 RR (2012)
инструкция198 страниц(ы)
Harley-Davidson Dyna (2005)
инструкция135 страниц(ы)
Harley-Davidson Sportster (2005)
инструкция135 страниц(ы)
Cagiva Cruiser 125
инструкция260 страниц(ы)
Cagiva V-Raptor 1000 (2004)
инструкция142 страниц(ы)
Husqvarna CR 250 (2003)
инструкция46 страниц(ы)
Husqvarna WR 250 (2003)
инструкция46 страниц(ы)
Посмотреть все KTM руководства Посмотреть все KTM мотоцикл руководства
125 / 200 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 320588 -E REPAIR MANUAL ENGINE KTM SPORTMOTORCYCLE AG 5230 Mattighofen Austria www.ktm.at 125/200 REPAIR MANUAL ENGINE 1 SERVICE-INFORMATIONS 2 GENERAL INFORMATION 3 REMOVING AND REFITTING ENGINE 4 DISASSEMBLING THE ENGINE 5 SERVICING INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS 6 ASSEMBLING THE ENGINE 7 ELECTRICAL 8 TROUBLE SHOOTING 9 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 10 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 11 WIRING DIAGRAMS 12 13 14 15 16 I M P O RTA N T I N F O R M AT I O N /U P D AT I N G INSTRUCTIONS To be able to continue using the existing loose-leaf repair instructions, simply print the following pages and insert them in the existing repair instructions: 15,17,18,21,23,27,39,43,44,69,70,73-85,91,107-129,135-139,155-158 Remove page (s) Replace by page (s) 2-1 2-1C 2-2 2-2C bis 2-3C 3-1 3-1C 3-4 bis 3-5 3-4C 5-1 5-1C 5-4 bis 5-5 5-4C bis 5-5C 6-10 bis 6-11 6-10C bis 6-11C 7-1 bis 7-3 7-1C bis 7-13C 9-1 9-1C 9-16 bis 9-28 9-16C bis 9-36C 10-1 10-1C 10-6 10-6C bis 10-9C 11-1 11-1C 11-15 11-15C bis 11-18C Insert page (s) after page 2-6 2-5 KTM REPAIR MANUAL IN LOOSE-LEAF FORM STORING THE REPAIR MANUAL IN THE BINDER – Put the index into the binder. – Put the front page of the repair manual (210x297 mm) into the transparent pocket provided for this purpose on the outside of the binder. – Put the spine label (170x45 mm) into the transparent pocket provided for this purpose on the spine of the binder. – Put the summary list of contents (150x297 mm) into the transparent pocket provided for this purpose on the inside of the binder or insert this page on the beginning of the manual. – Then insert the individual chapters of the manual between the sheets of the index according to the page number printed in the right bottom corner of each page. Example: page no. 3-5 3 = chapter 3 5 = page 5 All pages with a page number that begins with the digit 3, for example, must be put under the index heading „Chapter 3“. – Index sheets that have not been marked with a certain chapter are for your personal convenience. The respective headings can be entered in the list of contents. E X P L A N AT I O N - U P D AT I N G 3.205.74-E Repair Manual 125/200 SX, MXC, EXC Basicversion Modelyear 1999 (Engine number with first digit “9“) 3/1999 3.205.88-E Updating of Rep.Manual 3.205.74-E Modelyear 2000/2001 (2000: Engine number with first digit “0“) (2001: Engine number with first digit “1“) 8/2000 3.210.27-E Updating of Rep.Manual 3.205.74-E Modelyear 2002 (Engine number with first digit “2“) 7/2001 3.206.005-E Updating of Rep.Manual 3.205.74-E Modelyear 2003 (Engine number with first digit “3“) 11/2002 Modification / Updating: Technical Details, Technical Specifications, Periodic Maintenance Schedule, Wiring Diagrams Edition 11/2002 INTRODUCTION This repair manual offers extensiv repair-instructions and is an up-to-date version that describes the latest models of the series. However, the right to modifications in the interest of technical improvement is reserved without updating the current issue of this manual. A description of general working modes common in work shops has not been included. Safety rules common in the work shop have also not been listed. We take it for granted that the repairs are made by qualified profesionally trained mechanics. Read through the repair manual before beginning with the repair work. WARNING STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS ESSENTIAL TO AVOID DANGER TO LIFE AND LIMB. ! CAUTION IS ! NON-COMPLIANCE WITH THESE INSTRUCTIONS CAN LEAD TO DAMAGE OF MOTORCYCLE COMPONENTS OR RENDER MOTORCYCLES UNFIT FOR TRAFFIC ! „NOTE” POINTS OUT USEFUL TIPS. Use only ORIGINAL KTM SPARE PARTS when replacing parts. The KTM high performance engine is only able to meet user expectations if the maintenance work is performed regularly and professionally. KTM Austria’s certificate of achievement for its quality system ISO 9001 is the beginning of an ongoing total reengineered quality plan for a brighter tomorrow. KTM Sportmotorcycle AG 5230 Mattighofen, Austria All design and assembly modification rights reserved. C by KTM SPORTMOTORCYCLE AG, AUSTRIA All rights reserved REPLY FAX FOR REPAIR MANUALS We have made every effort to make our repair manuals as accurate as possible but it is always possible for a mistake or two to creep in. To keep improving the quality of our repair manuals, we request mechanics and shop foremen to assist us as follows: If you find any errors or inaccuracies in one of our repair manual – whether these are technical errors, incorrect or unclear repair procedures, tool problems, missing technical data or torques, inaccurate or incorrect translations or wording, etc. – please enter the error(s) in the table below and fax the completed form to us at 0043/7742/6000/5349. NOTE to table: Enter the complete item no. for the repair manual in column 1 (e.g.: 3.206.005-E). You will find the number on the cover page or in the left margin on each right page of the manual. – – Enter the corresponding page number in the repair manual (e.g.: 5-7c) in column 2. – Enter the current text (inaccurate or incomplete) in column 3 by quoting or describing the respective passage of the text. If your text deviates from the text contained in the repair manual, please write your text in German or English if possible. – Enter the correct text in column 4. Your corrections will be reviewed and incorporated in the next issue of our repair manual. Item no. of repair manual Page Current text Correct text Additional suggestions, requests or comments on our Repair Manuals (in German or English): Name mechanic/shop foreman Company/work shop 2-1C GENERAL INFORMATION INDEX Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E OPERATING RANGES OF THE CARBURETOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2 CARBURETOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3 BLEEDING OF THE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4 OIL PUMP ADJUSTING MODELS WITH SEPARATE LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5 CHECK OF EXHAUST CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 2 2-2C main jet jet needle jet needle idle jet throttle valve air control screw idle adjusting screw mixture too lean: not enough fuel in proportion to air 2 mixture too rich: Art No 3.206.005 -E too much fuel in proportion to air 1 Idling range A Operation with closed throttle valve. This range is influenced by the position of the air control screw 1 and the idle adjusting screw 2. Only make adjustments when the engine is hot. To this end, slightly decrease the idling speed of the engine by means of the idle adjusting screw. Turning it clockwise produces a higher idling speed and turning the screw counterclockwise produces a lower idling speed. Create a round and stable engine speed using the air control screw (basic position of the air control screw = open by 1.5 turns and 1,25 on EXE and Supermoto). Then adjust to the normal idling speed by means of the idle adjusting screw. Opening up B Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Engine behavior when the throttle opens. The idle jet and the shape of the throttle valve influences this range. If, despite good idling-speed and part-throttle setting, the engine sputters and smokes when the throttle is fully opened and develops its full power not smoothly but suddenly at high engine speeds, the mixture to the carburetor will be too rich, the fuel level too high or the float needle is leaking. Part-throttle range C Operation with partly open throttle valve. This range is only influenced by the jet needle (shape and position). The optimum part-throttle setting is controlled by the idling setting in the lower range and by the main jet in the upper range. If the engine runs on a four-stroke cycle or with reduced power when it is accelerated with the throttle partly open, the jet needle must be lowered by one notch. If then the engine pings, especially when accelerating under full power at maximum engine revs, the jet needle should be raised. If these faults should occur at the lower end of the part throttle range at a four-stroke running, make the idling range leaner; if the engine pings, adjust the idling range richer. Full throttle range D Operation with the throttle fully open (flat out). This range is influenced by the main jet and the jet needle. If the porcelain of the new spark plug is found to have a very bright or white coating or if the engine rings, after a short distance of riding flat out, a larger main jet is required. If the porcelain is dark brown or black with soot the main jet must be replaced by a smaller one. 2-3C Carburetor adjustment Basic information on the original carburetor setting The original carburetor setting was adapted for an altitude of approx. 500 meters (1600 ft.) above sea level, and the ambient temperature of approx. 20° C (68° F), mainly for off-road use and central European premium-grade fuel (125: ROZ 98 / 200: ROZ 95). Mixing ratio 2-stroke motor oil : super fuel 1:40. Basic information on a change of the carburetor setting Always start out from the original carburetor setting. Essential requirements are a clean air filter system, air-tight exhaust system and an intact carburetor. Experience has shown that adjusting the main jet, the idling jet and the jet needle is sufficient and that changes of other parts of the carburetor will not greatly affect engine performance. RULE OF THUMB: high altitude or high temperatures low altitude or low temperatures ➞ ➞ choose leaner carburetor adjustment choose richer carburetor adjustment WARNING – ONLY – – – USE PREMIUM-GRADE GASOLINE (125: ROZ 98 / 200: ROZ 95) MIXED WITH HIGH-GRADE TWO-STROKE ENGINE OIL. OTHER TYPES OF GASOLINE CAN CAUSE ENGINE FAILURE, AND USE OF SAME WILL VOID YOUR WARRANTY. ONLY USE HIGH-GRADE 2-STROKE ENGINE OIL OF KNOWN BRANDS. NOT ENOUGH OIL OR LOW-GRADE OIL CAN CAUSE EROSION OF THE PISTON. USING TOO MUCH OIL, THE ENGINE CAN START SMOKING AND FOUL THE SPARK PLUG. IN THE CASE OF A LEANER ADJUSTMENT OF THE CARBURETOR PROCEED CAUTIOUSLY. ALWAYS REDUCE THE JET SIZE IN STEPS OF ONE NUMBER TO AVOID OVERHEATING AND PISTON SEIZURE. NOTE: If despite a changed adjustment the engine does not run properly, look for mechanical faults and check the ignition system. Basic information on carburetor wear As a result of engine vibrations, throttle valve, jet needle, and needle jet are subjected to increased wear. This wear may cause carburetor malfunction (e.g., overly rich mixture). Therefore, these parts should be replaced after 10 000 kilometers (6 000 miles). jet needle throttle valve open NOZ C NOZ D NOZ E NOZ F NOZ G NOZ H NOZ I 0 – /4 jet needle R 1466D R 1467D R 1468D R 1469D R 1470D R 1471D effect 1 0 – 1/4 – 0 – 1/4 – – 0 – 1/4 – – – 1 0 – /4 Explanation - Example Compared to the needle NOZ D, the jet needle NOZ F is two steps leaner in the range from the closed position of the throttle to 1/4 throttle. Otherwise, there are not differences. NOZ F 0 – 1/4 – – – – – – 0 – 1/4 – – – – – 0 – 1/4 – – – – – – throttle valve open effect 0 – /4 Explanation - Example 1 0 – 1/4 – 0 – 1/4 – – 0 – /4 – – – 0 – 1/4 – – – – 1 1 0 – /4 – – – – – Compared to the needle R 1467D, the jet needle R 1469D is two steps leaner in the range from the closed position of the throttle to 1/4 throttle. Otherwise, there are not differences. R 1469D 0 – 1/4 – – 2-4C Bleeding of the hydraulic clutch 2 – Remove screws and take off cover together with rubber bellows. – At the slave cylinder of the clutch, remove the bleeder nipple 1. Instead of mount the bleeder syringe 2 which is filled with SAE 10 biodegradable hydraulic oil (ex. Shell Naturelle HF-E15). 1 – Refill oil, until oil is discharged from the bore 3 of the master cylinder in a bubble-free state. Make sure that the oil does not overflow. 3 ! HAVING CAUTION ! COMPLETED THE BLEEDING PROCEDURE, YOU HAVE TO VERIFY THAT THE OIL LEVEL IN THE MASTER CYLINDER IS CORRECT. FOR FILLING OF THE MASTER CYLINDER, SAE 10 BIODEGRADABLE HYDRAULIC OIL ONLY (EX. SHELL NATURELLE HF-E15); NEVER USE BRAKE FLUID NOR MIX BIODEGRADABLE HYDRAULIC OILS WITH MINERAL OILS. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E USE 2-5C Adjusting oil pump (only with separate lubrication) NOTE: Prior to adjusting the oil pump, you have to check and, if necessary, adjust the clearance of the throttle cable. – Loosen the 3 bolts 1 of the oil pump housing and remove the oil pump cover 2. To make adjustment and control easier, loosen the bolts of the intake flange 3, remove 4 of them and move the flange sidewards. 1 3 2 A C – If the oil pump has been adjusted correctly, the mark A must coincide with the notch B on the cable pulley (except 125 EXE and 125 Supermoto). – On 125 EXE- and 125 Supermoto-models the notch B must coincide with the edge C. ! CAUTION ! THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE OIL PUMP IS NOT CORRECT, THE ENGINE IS NOT SUPLIED WITH THE CORRECT AMOUNT OF OIL AND THIS CAN RESULT IN ENGINE DAMAGE. IF B B – If necessary, loosen the lock nut 4, and correct the adjustment by turning the adjusting screw 5 as required. – Following the adjustment procedure, the lock nut has to be tightened again. 5 – Mount cover 2 and flange 3, tighten the 2 bolts. 4 2-6C Check of the exhaust control (engine running) – Remove the left side cover from the cylinder. – Start engine. – Mark 1 of the control segment is near by mark 2 of the guide plate. ! CAUTION ! BASE POSITION MUST BE ADJUSTED WITH A DEPTH GAUGE - SHOWN IN CHAPTER 6-10 - DIMENSION „Z“. 1 2 1 – Mount cover and tighten the bolts. 4 Art No 3.206.005 -E 3 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Open throttle flap, with increasing the revolutions mark 1 moves downwards to the bore in the housing 3. ! CAUTION ! – MARK 4 IS NOT USED. – IF MARK 1 DOES NOT REACH BORE 3 OR DOES NOT MOVE, THE EXHAUST CONTROL MECHANISM IS TO BE OVERHAULED. 3-1C REMOVING AND REFITTING ENGINE INDEX Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E REMOVING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2 REFITTING THE ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3 3 3-2C Removing the engine NOTE: The cylinder head and the cylinder can be removed without previously removing the engine. It is also possible to work on the clutch, the primary drive and the shift drum locating device without previously removing the engine. The water pump can be removed and installed without previously removing the clutch cover. – Thoroughly clean the motorcycle. – Use a suitable supporting device to jack up the motorcycle. – Remove the seat and the tank with the spoilers. – – – – Drain the cooling liquid. Remove the exhaust system and the engine brace. Disconnect the radiator hoses at the engine. Remove the carburetor. Art No 3.206.005 -E – Dismount the brake cylinder cover. – Remove the engine sprocket cover and the chain. – Disconnect the electrical wires. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Unscrew the clutch master cylinder and reposition the clutch line such that it will not get entangled when the engine is lifted out. – Unhook the return spring of the foot brake pedal from the clutch cover. – Undo the engine mounting bolts. – Remove the swingarm pivot and pull the swingarm backwards. – Lift the engine out of the frame on the left side. 3-3C Installing the engine – Lift the engine into the frame from the left side, slightly grease and mount the swingarm pivot. Tighten collar nut with 100 Nm (74 ft.lb.). – Twist in the engine mounting bolts. – Mount the engine brace. – Connect the electrical wires. – Position clutch line correctly, and mount clutch master cylinder at handlebar. – Mount the chain and the engine sprocket cover. – Mount brake cylinder cover. – Mount the carburetor. 3-4C – Connect the radiator hoses to the engine and fill the cooling system with a mixture of 40 % antifreeze and 60 % water. For this purpose twist out the bleeder screws at the cylinder head and at the right radiator. Retighten the screws as soon as the cooling liquid that emerges is free of air bubbles. – Mount the exhaust system. – Mount the tank with the spoilers and the seat. – Fix the breather tube to the frame. Art No 3.206.005 -E – Check the electrical system for faultless operation. – Adjust the carburetor. – Test ride. – After the test ride, check the engine, the cooling system and the exhaust system for leaks. Fixing the cables to the frame - Models with separate lubrication ! TO CAUTION ! Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 PREVENT DISENGAGEMENT OF THE THROTTLE CABLE AND THE OIL PUMP CABLE IT IS NECESSARY TO FIX 1 THE CABLES ABOVE THE CARBURATOR TO THE FRAME. 1 4-1C DISMANTLING THE ENGINE Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E INDEX SPECIAL TOOLS – ENGINE 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2 DRAINING THE GEAR OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 DISMOUNTING THE CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 CYLINDER HEAD, CYLINDER, PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 ENGINE SPROCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4 REED VALVE HOUSING, INTAKE FLANGE AND CLUTCH COVER . . . . . . . . .4-5 REED VALVE HOUSING, INTAKE FLANGE AND OIL PUMP MODELS WITH SEPARATE LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 REMOVING CLUTCH AND PRIMARY DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6 SHIFT DRUM LOCATING, KICKSTARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7 DIVIDING THE ENGINE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8 REMOVING SHIFT MECHANISM AND TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9 REMOVING CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9 4 4-2C SPECIAL TOOLS – ENGINE 125 / 200 13 7 16 14 1 5 38 22 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 4 20 FIG 1 3 4 5 7 8 13 14 16 20 22 38 PART. NO. 560.12.001.000 503.29.003.000 503.29.004.000 546.29.009.044 510.12.011.000 546.29.012.100 501.12.013.000 501.12.030.000 6 899 785 584.29.037.037 503.29.022.000 503.29.038.000 8 HOLZGABEL SELBSTGEFERTIGT WOODEN FORK PLATE HOME MADE 3 DESCRIPTIOIN Universal engine work stand Clutch holder 125 / 200 Holding spanner for primary gear wheel Magneto extractor M27x1 Kokusan Circlip plier Holding spanner for flywheel Kokusan 2K-1/2/3/4 Dial gauge 1-10 mm Dial gauge support Loctite 243 blue 6 ccm Mounting tool inner ring NJ206 Adjusting plate for control flap Holding plate for locating drum 4-3C – – – – 2 Thoroughly clean the engine. Clamp the engine into the mounting rack. Remove the kickstarter and the shift lever. Remove bolt 1 and take off wire hanger 2. 1 Draining the gear oil – Twist out the drain plug 3 and drain the gear oil. 3 Dismounting the clutch slave cylinder – Remove the 2 bolts 4 and withdraw the clutch slave cylinder together with the gasket. – Pull push rod out of drive shaft. 4 Cylinder head, cylinder, piston 5 – Undo the 6 bolts 5 and remove the cylinder head together with the gasket. NOTE: on 125 SX/EXC-engines from model 2002 onwards an O-ring is used instead of the gasket. – Take the O-ring(s) out of the groove in the cylinder. – Remove the 4 collar nuts 6 at the cylinder base and remove the cylinder. 6 4-4C – Cover the crankcase. – Place the piston onto an appropriate wooden support and remove both piston pin retainers. – Press the piston pin out of the piston without applying excessive force. An appropriate mandrel can be used if necessary. – Remove the piston and take the piston pin bearing out of the conrod eye. – Remove the cylinder base gaskets. Ignition – Remove 4 bolts and take off the ignition cover together with the gasket. – Hold the rotor with the special tool and undo the hexagon nut. – Take the hexagon nut and the detent edged ring off the crankshaft. Art No 3.206.005 -E – Twist the rotor extractor into the thread of the rotor (LH thread) and remove the rotor. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Remove the 3 collar bolts 1 and take the stator out of the housing. – Take the woodruff key out of the crankshaft. 1 Engine sprocket – Use a pair of circlip pliers to take the circlip 2 off the countershaft. – Take the engine sprocket, the distance bushing and the O-ring off the countershaft. 2 4-5C Reed valve housing, intake flange and clutch cover 1 – Remove 5 bolts 1 together with the corrugated washers, remove the intake flange and the reed valve housing. NOTE: The following step need not be performed unless you intend to take the centrifugal timer out of the clutch cover. – Remove the cover 3 of the centrifugal timer together with the seal ring and undo screw 2. 2 7 3 4 – Remove all bolts of clutch cover and the 2 front-end bolts 4 of the water-pump cover, and dismount clutch cover. – Remove the clutch cover gasket and pull the dowels out of the housing. – Take O-ring 8 out of water bore. NOTE: The water pump cover 5, the exterior cap 6 and the hexagon cap nut 3 need not be removed. The water pump and the centrifugal timer are left in the clutch cover. 5 ! 4 6 8 CAUTION ! REMOVING THE CLUTCH COVER MAKE SURE THAT THE ROCKER ARM 7 OF THE EXHAUST CONTROL DOES NOT JAM IN THE HOUSING AND IS NOT DAMAGED. WHEN 4-6C Reed valve housing, intake flange and oil pump (separate lubrication) 1 – When dismounting the clutch cover 2 additionally remove the bolt 1 2 A C A E C B D B – Pull the oil pump wheel A off the oil pump Art No 3.206.005 -E – Remove the cover D from the oil pump housing. – Remove the 4 bolts of the intake flange and then, move the intake flange sideways as shown. – Pull the 2 dowel bushings B out of the housing. NOTE: The bolt 3 at the intake flange can be unscrewed completely only as soon as the oil pump housing E has been dismantled. B – Pull the oil pump housing off the engine case and swing it sideways (see picture). – Remove the 2 bolts C, and withdraw oil pump together with gasket from the engine case. – Remove the bolt 3 at the intake flange, and dismount intake flange together with reed valve housing. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 3 C Removing clutch and primary drive 4 – Undo the 5 bolts 4 in diagonal order so as to prevent jamming of the clutch discs when the springs relax. – Remove bolts, spring retainers and springs. – Take the pressure cap and the disc package out of the outer clutch hub. – Pull the thrust bearings out of the main shaft. 4-7C – Open the lock washer of the inner clutch hub. – Mount the clutch holder on the inner clutch hub and undo the hexagon nut. – Remove the clutch holder. – Take the hexagon nut, the detent edged ring and the inner clutch hub off the main shaft. – Take the supporting disc 1 and the outer clutch hub together with the bearing off the main shaft. 1 – Remove the intermediate starter gear and the stop disc 2 below. 2 – Mount the primary gear holder and undo the hexagon nut (LH thread). – Remove the primary gear holder. – Take the hexagon nut, the detent edged ring and the primary gear off the crankshaft. – Take the woodruff key out of the crankshaft. Shift drum locating, kickstarter – Simply pull the shift shaft out of the housing. Keep in mind the stop disc 3 (It can be left in the housing). 3 4-8C – Carefully unhook the kickstarter spring from bore 1 (pretensioned spring) and release it. – Rotate the kickstarter shaft approximately 1/4 turn counterclockwise and pull it out of the housing. Keep in mind the stop disc behind ! 1 – Undo 3 bolts and remove the gear shifting gate 2 together with the ratchet carrier 3. Procede with care by watching out for the collar bushing 4 on the ratchet carrier. 4 3 2 Art No 3.206.005 -E 6 7 – The locking lever 5 need not be removed unless the engine housing is exchanged. – For this purpose, undo bolt 6, then remove the locking lever together with the spring. – Take the washer 7 out of the locking drum. 5 – Hold the locking drum 9 with the special tool, undo bolt 8 and remove the bolt together with the washer. – Pull the locking drum off the shift roller. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 ! CAUTION ! THE LOCKING DRUM MUST BE HELD WITH THE SPECIAL TOOL TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE BUSHINGS ON THE DRIVING PINS OF THE SHIFT FORKS. 8 9 Dividing the engine housing – Swing the ignition side upwards and remove all 12 housing bolts. – Undo the engine mounting device at the mounting rack. – Lift the left housing half by the lifting points of the housing, using appropriate tools, or separate it from the right housing half by lightly tapping the countershaft with a plastic hammer. ! CAUTION ! TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE SEALING SURFACES, DO NOT USE A SCREWDRIVER OR SIMILAR TOOL TO LEVER THE HOUSING HALVES APART! – Remove the housing half and the gasket. – Keep in mind the stop disc of the main shaft (can stick to the inside of the housing). 4-9C 4 1 1 Removing shift mechanism and transmission – Pull out the shift rails 1 and swing the shift forks 2 including rollers 3 sideways. – Pull the shift roller 4 out of the grooved ball bearing. – Take the shift forks 2 out of the housing. NOTE: When dismounting the shift forks, make sure that you do not lose the rollers 3 on the shift forks. 2 3 2 2 – Pull the complete main shaft and the countershaft together out of the bearing seats. Removing crankshaft – Pull the crankshaft out of the bearing seat (if necessary lightly tap it with a plastic hammer). – Take the distance bushing 5 and the O-ring 6 out of the right crankshaft seal ring. 6 – Clean all parts. Check for wear and exchange worn components. NOTE: All gaskets, shaft seal rings, O-rings and bearings should be exchanged on the occasion of each complete engine overhaul. 5 5-1C SERVICING INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS 5 Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E INDEX RIGHT HOUSING HALF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-2 LEFT HOUSING HALF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3 CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 CRANKSHAFT WEBS – MEASURE OUTER DIMENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 PISTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 PISTON RING END GAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 CHECKING CYLINDER FOR WEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 NIKASIL COATING OF CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5 DISMOUNTING AND CHECKING THE EXHAUST CONTROL SYSTEM IN THE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6 PREASSEMBLING THE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 CLUTCH COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 PREASSEMBLING THE CLUTCH COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10 WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 PREASSEMBLING THE WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11 CHECKING CLUTCH FOR WEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12 REED VALVE HOUSING, INTAKE FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13 KICKSTARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 PREASSEMBLING THE KICKSTARTER SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 SHIFT MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 PREASSEMBLING THE SHIFT SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16 TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 ASSEMBLING THE MAIN SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17 ASSEMBLING THE COUNTERSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18 IGNITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 CHECK STATOR AND PULSE GENERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Engine housing NOTE: Read through the following section before commencing work. Then determine the assembly sequence so that the engine housing halves only need to be heated up once before replacing the bearings. Having first removed the dowels, in order to expel the bearings or remove them with light mallet blows, the housing halves must be placed on a suitably large plane surface, supporting the whole of the sealing surface without damaging it. A wooden panel is best used as a base. Bearings or shaft seal rings should not be hammered into their seats. If no suitable press is available, use a suitable mandrel and hammer them in with great care. Cold bearings will practically drop into their seats at an engine housing temperature of approx. 150° C. After cooling, should the bearings fail to lock in the bore, they are bound to rotate after warming. In that event the housing must be replaced. 5-2C Right housing half 2 Remove the shaft seal rings and use a hot plate to heat the housing half to a temperature of approximately 150° C. 3 NOTE: At a temperature of 150° C it is usually sufficient to tap the housing half onto a plane wooden surface and the bearings will simply drop out of the bearing seats. However, in some cases it is necessary to press the bearings out of their seats. To prevent damaging of the bearings, the device used to press in the new bearings must be designed in such a way that it touches only the outer ring of the bearing. Grooved ball bearing of the crankshaft 1 Press the old grooved ball bearing inwards from the outside. Insert a new grooved ball bearing with the open side of the ball cage facing downwards (i.e. towards the exterior) and press it all the way into the seat. 4 1 8 6 9 Grooved ball bearing of the main shaft 2 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the grooved ball bearing inwards. Before pressing the new grooved ball bearing inwards, mount the gear shifting gate bk. Then, the grooved ball bearing can be pressed in from the inside and up to the stop. ! CAUTION APPLY ONLY A LIGHT PRESSURE WHEN PRESSING OTHERWISE, YOU WILL DAMAGE THE SHIFTING GATE. 10 7 Grooved ball bearing of the countershaft 3 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the old grooved ball bearing inwards. Insert a new grooved ball bearing from the inside and press it all the way into the seat. Art No 3.206.005 -E Grooved ball bearing of the shift roller 4 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the old grooved ball bearing inwards. Insert a new grooved ball bearing from the inside and press it all the way into the seat. 5 11 S Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 ! IN THE GEAR SHIFTING GATE. ! CAUTION ! – MODEL 2000 UPWARDS THE GROOVED BALL BEARING IS SECURED WITH A SCREW bl, THIS IS TO BE REMOVED BEFORE PRESSING OUTWARDS THE BEARING AND TO BE MOUNTED AFTER PRESSING INWARDS THE BEARING. DUE TO THIS SCREW THE SHIFT ROLLER HAS CHANGED, AN „OLD“ SHIFT ROLLER IS NOT ABLE TO MOUNT WITH A SCREW SECURING THE BEARING. – DO NOT APPLY EXCESSIVE FORCE WHEN PRESSING THE GROOVED BALL BEARINGS FLUSH WITH THE COLLAR IN THE HOUSING. THE COLLAR WALL IS VERY THIN AND CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED! Needle bearing of the shifting shaft 5 (from model 2002 on) Use a suitable mandrel to press out the needle bearing. Insert the new needle bearing and press it all the way in. Grooved ball bearing of the centrifugal timer 6 Use an interior extractor and a Ø 5-7 mm insert to pull the grooved ball bearing out of the housing. Press a new grooved ball bearing all the way into the seat. Grooved ball bearing of the water pump shaft 7 Use an interior extractor and a Ø 5-7 mm insert to pull the grooved ball bearing out of the housing. Press a new grooved ball bearing all the way into the seat. Kickstarter release plate 8 When exchanging the release plate keep in mind to apply Loctite 243 to both bolts. Shaft seal ring of the crankshaft 9 Insert a new shaft seal ring from the outside and press it in flush, the open side facing inwards. Then check the lubrication bore for the grooved ball bearing S of the crankshaft for obstructions. 5-3C Left housing half Remove the shaft seal rings and use a hot plate to heat the housing half to a temperature of approximately 150° C. 3 NOTE: At a temperature of 150° C it is usually sufficient to tap the housing half onto a plane wooden surface and the bearings will simply drop out of the bearing seats. However, in some cases it is necessary to press the bearings out of their seats. To prevent damaging of the bearings, the device used to press in the new bearings must be designed in such a way that it touches only the outer ring of the bearing. 5 Roller bearing or the crankshaft 1 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the roller bearing inwards. Insert a new roller bearing from the inside and press it all the way into the seat. 1 2 4 6 Grooved ball bearing of the main shaft 2 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the grooved ball bearing inwards. Insert a new grooved ball bearing from the inside and press it all the way into the seat. ! CAUTION ! TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE HOUSING, NEVER APPLY TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN PRESSING IN GROOVED BALL BEARINGS. Grooved ball bearing of the countershaft 3 Apply a suitable mandrel on the outside to press the grooved ball bearing inwards. Insert a new grooved ball bearing from the inside and press it all the way into the seat. 7 Shaft seal ring of the countershaft 4 Insert a new shaft seal ring from the outside and press it in flush. Do not forget the stop disc (position it on the grooved ball bearing of the countershaft before mounting). Needle bearing of the shifting shaft 5 (from model 2002 on) Use a suitable mandrel to press out the needle bearing. Insert the new needle bearing and press it all the way in. S Shaft seal ring of the shifting shaft 6 Insert a new shaft seal ring from the outside and press it in flush. Shaft seal ring of the crankshaft 7 Insert a new shaft seal ring from the outside and press it in flush. 8 Lubrication bore of the crankshaft roller bearing S Check for obstructions and clean the bore with compressed air, if necessary. Check if the oil guiding rubber 8 of the left housing half is correctly mounted (i.e. with the narrower end of the guide slots facing inwards) and apply a small quantity of grease to fix it in the housing. Brittle or hard oil guiding tubes must be replaced. 5-4C Crankshaft – When replacing the roller bearing, the inner crankshaft ring must also be renewed. – Heat special tool 584.29.037.037 on a heating pad up to approx. 150°C and slip it on the inner ring immediately. Press the special tool together tightly so as to obtain a good heat transfer and pull the inner ring off the crankshaft. – To mount the new inner ring, heat the special tool again to approx. 150°C, engage the inner ring and slip it on the crankshaft journal immediately. ! CAUTION ! NEVER CLAMP THE CRANKSHAFT WITH A STUD OR WEB IN THE VICE, AND NEVER TRY TO KNOCK THE BEARING INNER RING FREE. THE CRANKSHAFT WEBS MAY BE COM-PRESSED AND THE CON-ROD PLUG AND BEARING MAY BE DAMAGES, THEREBY MAKING THE CRANKSHAFT UNUSABLE. NOTE: Distance adjustment of the main bearings is not requested. – Place the crankshaft on a roller block or the like, and impact-test the crankshaft journals at their outer ends, using a test gage. run out of crankshaft journals: max. 0.02 mm (0.0008 in.) Crankshaft webs – measure outer dimension – Crankshaft webs – measure outer dimension with a sliding gauge as illustrated. Crankshaft webs – outer dimension = 55 mm ± 0.05 mm Piston Art No 3.206.005 -E If a used piston is to remain in service then the following should be checked: 1. Piston running surface: Check for pressure marks (seizing marks) minor friction marks can be removed with a fine abrasive stick. 2. Piston ring grooves: The piston rings must not get jammed in the grooves. For cleaning the grooves, use an old piston ring or abrasive paper (grain size 400). 3. The piston ring locating pins must be firmly seated in the piston and must not be worn out. 4. Check piston rings for wear and check end gap. – The piston is measured at the piston skirt, transverse to the piston pin 10 mm from the lower edge, as shown in the illustration. – The smallest cylinder diameter minus the largest piston diameter determines the piston fitting clearance. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Piston fitting clearance: 0,06 mm (125) / 0,055 mm (200) Piston ring end gap – Insert pisto ring into the cylinder and adjust. Piston ring must be approx. 10 mm (0.5 in) from top of cylinder. – The end gap B can now be checked which a feeler gauge. End gap max. 0.40 mm (0.015 in) NOTE: If the end gap is greater check piston and cylinder for wear. If piston and cylinder wear are within the permitted tolerance limits, replace the piston ring. 5-5C Checking cylinder for wear 10mm Measure diameter of cylinder approx. 10 mm (0.5 in) below top of cylinder edge. Check diameter in several corresponding places to see if cylinder in worn oval. x y Cylinder diameter 125 Piston size up to Model 2000 54.250 - 54.262 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 54.263 - 54.275 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cylinder diameter 125 Piston size Model 2001 onwards 54.000 - 54.012 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 54.013 - 54.025 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cylinder diameter 200 Piston size 64.000 - 64.012 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 64.013 - 64.025 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 If the cylinder diameter is larger than 54.275 mm (125 up to 2000), 54,025 (125 2001 onwards) or 64.025 mm (200), the Nikasil cylinder must be reconditioned or replaced. NOTE: For reconditioning of the old cylinder all exhaust control components must be removed. Reconditioned cylinders are available on order from your KTM dealer. The piston size is stamped into the bottom of the piston. Nikasil coating of cylinder Nikasil is the brand name for a cylinder coating process, developed by the piston manufacturer Mahle. The name is derived from the two materials used in this process - a nickel layer into which the particularly hard silicon carbide is inbedded. The main advantages of the Nikasil coating are: ● excellent heat dissipation and thus better power output ● low wear ● low weight of the cylinder. NOTE: The worn coating can be regenerated at low cost provided that the cylinders running surface is flawless. 5-6C 11 7 13 8 9 4 13 12 3 9 10 8 6 5 7 15 2 Art No 3.206.005 -E 5 1 14 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Dismounting and checking the exhaust control system in the cylinder – Remove the 6 bolts bo and take off the exhaust flange 1 together with the gasket. – Undo 2 bolts 2 and take the guide plate 3 out of the cylinder. – Remove 3 collar bushings 4 and the control segment bm. To prevent subsequent jamming of the exhaust control, do not damage the bearing surfaces of the collar bushings and the control segment bm. – Take the three roller guides 4 behind out of the cylinder. – Pull the two control rollers 5 and the eccentric shaft 6 out of the bores in the cylinder. – Undo the bolts 7 to the left and to the right and remove them together with the locking plates 8. – Twist out the left and the right control flap axles 9. – Slightly push the control flap bk upwards through the exhaust port. Turn the lifting bolt bl of the control flap a quarter of a full rotation (for this purpose, it is recommended to twist a M5x40 bolt into the thread of the lifting bolt) and pull it upwards out of the cylinder. Now the control flap can be taken out of the cylinder. – Clean all parts of the exhaust control and check for wear and damage. Roller guides 4 Check the contact surface between the roller guides and the control roller segment for grooves and exchange them, if necessary. Control rollers 5 Check bearing for play. Check the teeth of the control rollers for wear. Control flap axles 9 Check the control flap axles for wear, especially at the pins. NOTE: to prevent sticking of the control flap on 125 EXE- and 125 Supermoto models, there are nitrogenized control flap axles (bright surface) available which subseed the original fitted axles (dark surface). Control segment bm Check the contact surface between the control segment and the roller guides for grooves and exchange them, if necessary. O-rings bn Check the O-rings of the control flap axles for wear and brittleness and exchange them, if necessary. NOTE: from model 2002 the left side cover bp is drilled for the crank case ventilation. 5-7C Control flap bk Clean the control flap and check the pins in the control flap for tight fit. Measure the distance A between the two pins (see illustration). When mounted, the control flap must not scrape against the exhaust port. A Distance A: min. 5.5 mm (0.22 in)/max. 5.8 mm (0.23 in) Preassembling the cylinder ca. 0,20 mm – Grease O-rings bn and control flap axles 9, especially at the pins. – Slide control flap bk through the exhaust duct into the cylinder, and position it such that the control flap axles may engage the 2 recesses of the control flap. – Mount the left and the right control flap axles 9 without tightening them yet. – Insert two feeler gauges of identical thickness (approx. 0.20 mm / 0.008 in) between the control flap and the cylinder wall at points B. This distance must be equal on both sides. – Twist the control flap axles 9 all the way in and then 1/8 of a full turn out again. – Apply Loctite 243 to two bolts 7 and use them to fix the two locking plates 8, thereby taking care to turn the control flap axles 9 as little as possible. – Remove the two feeler gauges and check control flap for easy operation. – When installed, the control flap must not touch the exhaust duct. ca. 0,20 mm B B – Thoroughly oil the lifting bolt bl and insert it from above into the bore in the cylinder. Insert the lifting bolt until it engages in the control flap bk. Then rotate it a quarter of a full turn so that the flat section is perpendicular to the direction of travel and faces forward (in the direction of the exhaust port). 11 6 5 5 – Thoroughly oil the control rollers 5 and insert them into the bores in the cylinder. Insert the control roller with one mark on the left and the control roller with 2 marks on the right side. – Thoroughly oil the eccentric shaft 6 of the control flap and mount it in the cylinder. Move the control flap up and down. The eccentric shaft should move with the control flap. 5-8C Art No 3.206.005 -E 4 12 NOTE: When all marks are aligned, the control flap must be in the bottom position and the bores of the control rollers must be completely closed. 4 4 2 3 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Grease the pins in the cylinder and mount the 3 roller guides 4 with the large collar facing the cylinder. – Turn the control rollers and the adjusting roller of the control flap so that the marks are on the outside (facing the control segment). – Mount the control segment bm in such a way that the marks on the control rollers coincide with those of the control segment (see illustration). – Mount three roller guides 4 with the small collar facing the cylinder. – Mount the guide plate 3, apply Loctite 243 to two bolts 2 and use them to fix the guide plate in the cylinder. – Turn the control segment clockwise. The control flap must open and the bores of the control rollers must be opened. – Mount a new gasket. – Fix the cover with the six bolts. Don’t forget the 2 brackets for the exhaust springs. – Finally, check the exhaust control system for easy operability 5-9C 7 8 11 9 4 3 2 1 1 10 6 5 5-10C Dismounting the exhaust control system in the clutch cover, and checking parts for wear. – Undo 2 bolts 1 and remove the closure cap 2 together with the gasket and the copper seal rings. – Press the grooved ball bearing 3 below out of the clutch cover. For this purpose, push the rocker arm 4 of the centrifugal timer forward (in the direction of the grooved ball bearing). – Turn the adjusting lever 5 so that it rests against the clutch cover (see illustration). – Undo the bolt 6 and pull the rocker arm 4 off the adjusting lever 5. – Undo the collar bolt 7 of the centrifugal timer bk and pull the centrifugal timer inwards out of the clutch cover. – Pull the adjusting lever 5 out of the clutch cover. – Clean all parts and check for wear. 5 Adjusting lever 5 Check the pins of the adjusting lever for wear. Check the bearing surface between the adjusting lever and the needle bushing for wear. Grooved ball bearing 3 Check for wear. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Needle bushing of the adjusting lever 9 The bearing bushing of the adjusting lever normally shows no signs of wear. If this is nevertheless the case, it is recommended to replace the entire clutch cover. Shaft seal ring of the kickstarter shaft 8 Lever the used shaft seal ring out of the clutch cover with a screwdriver. Grease the new shaft seal ring and insert it with the open side facing inwards. Press it in flush. 7 Centrifugal timer bk The centrifugal advance device is factory-preset and must not be disassembled. Preassembling the clutch cover – Grease the bearing 9 of the adjusting lever, insert the adjusting lever 5 into the clutch cover and let it rest against the clutch cover (see illustration). – Fix the centrifugal timer with the bolt in the clutch cover. Secure the bolt with Loctite 243. NOTE: The bolt 7 is tightened after mounting the clutch cover. A – Hook the pins of the adjusting lever 5 into the track of the centrifugal timer. – Mount the rocker arm 4 on the adjusting lever 6 and fix it with a bolt. – Insert the grooved ball bearing with the open side of the cage facing inwards into the clutch cover. – Mount the cover 2 with a new gasket and new copper gaskets. ! CAUTION ! MOUNTING THE COVER 2, MAKE SURE THAT THE FLAT SECTION CORRECTLY ALIGNED SO AS TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE CLUTCH COVER. WHEN A IS 5-11C Disassembling and checking the water pump – Remove the 2 bolts of the water pump cover and take off the water pump cover. – Pull the water pump and the O-ring out of the clutch cover. – Clamp the water pump with the water pump wheel facing upwards into the vise (use protective jaws). ! CAUTION ! TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE WATER PUMP DRIVING WHEEL, NEVER CLAMP THE WATER PUMP DRIVING WHEEL ITSELF INTO THE VISE. – Remove collar bolt 1 together with the washer. – Pull the water pump wheel 2 upwards off the water pump shaft 3. – Take the water pump shaft out of the vise and pull the water pump shaft out of the water pump housing 4. Shaft seal ring of the water pump shaft 5 Use a screwdriver to lever the shaft seal ring out of the water pump housing. Apply Loctite 648 to the outside of the new shaft seal ring and press it into the housing with the label facing inwards. Grooved ball bearing of the water pump shaft 6 The shaft seal ring 5 must be removed to exchange the grooved ball bearing. Use an appropriate mandrel to press the grooved ball bearing out of the water pump housing 4. Press a new grooved ball bearing all the way into the seat. Apply Loctite 648 to the outside of a new water pump shaft seal ring and insert it with the label facing inwards. Water pump driving wheel 7 The water pump driving wheel should not turn on the water pump shaft. Check the teeth of the water pump driving wheel for wear. 2 1 5 4 6 3 7 Preassembling the water pump – Grease the shaft seal ring 5 and the grooved ball bearing 6 of the water pump shaft and insert the water pump shaft into the water pump housing 4. – Clamp the water pump shaft into the vise (use protective jaws). ! CAUTION ! TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE WATER PUMP DRIVING WHEEL, NEVER CLAMP THE WATER PUMP DRIVING WHEEL ITSELF INTO THE VISE. – Put the water pump wheel 2 on the shaft, apply Loctite 243 to the bolt 1 and mount bolt and washer. – Place preassembled water pump and new O-ring into clutch cover. – Fix water pump cover with 2 short bolts. 5-12C 5 6 3 4 A C 8 9 B Art No 3.206.005 -E 7 11 1 10 2 Checking clutch for wear Thrust bearing 1- check it for score marks and easy operability. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Push rod 2- place it on a flat surfacecheck for bents. Clutch springs 3- minimum length 38 mm (1.496 in) (new 39 mm / 1.535 in); if necessary exchange all 5 springs. 7 Lining discs 4- minimum thickness: 2.9 mm (0.114 in) (new 3,0 mm / 0.118 in). Discs must be plane. 4 Clutch discs - aluminium 5- discs must be plane; check for mechanical damage. 2 Clutch discs - steel 6- discs must be plane; check for mechanical damage. Inner clutch hub 7- check the bearing surface of the lining disc for damage. Check the bearing surfaces A of the steel discs at the inner clutch hub. If the grooves are deeper than 0.5 mm (0.02 in) replace the inner clutch hub. Pressure cap 8- check the bearing surface B of the lining disc for damage. Outer clutch hub 9- check the stop faces C of the lining discs for wear. The outer clutch hub must be replaced if the grooves are more than 0.5 mm (0.02 in) deep (see below). Mount the inner ring bk and the needle cage bl and check for play. 5-13C Reed valve housing, intake flange NOTE: The reed paddles 1 slowly lose their tension during operation, thus reducing the overall performance. Damaged or worn reed paddles must therefore be replaced. The entire reed valve housing must be exchanged if the sealing surfaces of the reed valve housing 2 are also damaged. ! CAUTION WHEN MOUNTING THE REED VALVE HOUSING BE SURE TO APPLY ALL BOLTS. ! LOCTITE 243 TO Velocity insert 3 Check for tight fit and damage. Intake flange 4 Check for cracks and other damage. LOCTITE 243 4 3 1 5 2 1 LOCTITE 243 M NOTE: Model 2000 onwards velocity insert 3 and wing 5 is only available as one part. – Measure distance M between the stop plates with a sliding gauge. Distance M = 28 mm (1.1 in) 5-14C 9 8 7 6 1 5 4 3 11 Art No 3.206.005 -E 2 12 10 Kickstarter Take all components off the kickstarter shaft and clean them. Kickstarter gear 1 Check the bearing for play and grooves. Intermediate kickstarter gear 2 Check the bearing for play and grooves. Locking pawl 3 Check for wear and damage. Kickstarter shaft 4 Check for wear and damage, paying particular attention to pivot points and teeth. Check the lubrication bores for free passage. Preassembling the kickstarter shaft Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 B A – Mount the locking pawl on the kickstarter shaft. Ensure that the mark A on the locking pawl coincides with the bore B in the kickstarter shaft. – Clamp the kickstarter shaft 4 into the vise (use protective jaws) with the teethed end facing upwards. – Mount the stop disc 5 (17x24x1 mm) and the kickstarter gear 1 with the ratchet teeth facing downwards. – Put the stop disc 6 (17x24x1 mm) on the shaft. – Mount the circlip 7 with the sharp edge facing upwards. – Mount the kickstarter spring 8; insert the inner end of the kickstarter spring into the bore of the kickstarter shaft. – Mount the driving hub 9; the slot must be positioned above the inner end of the kickstarter spring. – Take the kickstarter shaft out of the vise. – Mount the ratchet gear spring bk and the stop disc bl on the kickstarter shaft. 5-15C C Shifting mechanism from model 2001 on 7 6 9 8 9 Needle bearing from model 2002 10 4 14 A 1 B 3 1 5 15 5 13 5 2 1 11 13 12 5-16C Shifting mechanism Shift forks 1 Check the blade A for wear. Shift roller 2 Check the shift grooves B for wear. Ensure that the shift roller rests properly in the grooved ball bearing 3. Check the grooved ball bearing bl in the shift roller for wear. To replace it, remove the Seeger circlip ring bm and pull the grooved ball bearing out of the shift roller (slide seat). Mount the Seeger circlip ring with the sharp edge pointing to the outside. C Shift ratchet 4 Check the contact surface toward the gear shifting gate for wear. The shift ratchets must not jam when mounted. Grooved ball bearing 3 Check for smooth operation. Sleeves 5 on the driving pin for the shift shaft must be free of pressure marks. Shift rails bn Impact-test the shift rails on a planar surface. Check shift rails for score and seizing marks. The easy operability of the shift forks on the shift rails must be ensured. Art No 3.206.005 -E Preassembling the shifting shaft (up to model 2000) – Grease the 2 stop discs 6 (14.3x20x1 mm), and slide them onto the shift shaft. – Mount the return spring 7 on the shift shaft; the two legs of the spring must rest against bracket C of the shift shaft. – Put the disc 9 (14,3x20x1 mm) on the shaft, then mount the circlip 8 with the sharp edge facing upwards in the groove of the shift shaft. – Put on the disc 9 (14,3x20x1 mm). up to 2000 6 7 9 8 9 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Preassembling the shifting shaft (model 2001 onwards) – Mount the return spring 7 on the shift shaft; the two legs of the spring must rest against bracket C of the shift shaft. – Put discs 6 (14,2x22x1,5 mm) and 9 (14,3x20x1 mm) on the shaft, then mount the circlip 8 with the sharp edge facing upwards in the groove of the shift shaft. – Put on the disc 9 (14,3x20x1 mm). 2001 onwards 7 6 9 8 9 5-17C ! ATTENTION ! When replacing gears, watch X out for this mark ! X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Transmission Clamp the main shaft or counter shaft, respectively, into the vise (use protective jaws). Remove the gears and check the following parts for wear and grooves: ● Bearing sleeves ● Pivot points of the main shaft and countershaft and pivot points of the idler gears ● Shift dogs of the gears ● Tooth faces of all gears ● Tooth profiles of the main shaft and countershaft as well as of the corresponding gears ● Check the profiles of all control gears for smooth operation Thoroughly clean all parts, exchange damaged components. New axial securing elements should be mounted whenever repair work is performed. Assembling the main shaft – Clamp the main shaft into a vise (use protective jaws) with the toothed end facing downwards. – Carefully grease all parts before mounting them. – Mount the bearing sleeve 1 (22x25x11.1 mm) on the main shaft. Then put the 5th idler gear 2 on the shaft with the shifting claws facing upwards. – Put the stop disc 3 (22.2x27.8x1 mm) onto the shaft and mount the axial securing element 4. – Mount the 3rd/4th sliding gear 5 with the small gear facing downwards and mount the axial securing element 6. – Put the stop disc 7 (22.2x27.8x1 mm) onto the shaft. – Mount the bearing sleeve 8 (22x25x11.1 mm) and the 6th idler gear 9 with the recess for the shifting claws facing downwards. – Mount the 2nd fixed gear bk and the stop disc bl (17.2x26x1 mm). – Then check all gears for smooth operation. 5-18C 5 ! ATTENTION ! When replacing gears, watch out for this mark ! 4 3 2 X 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Art No 3.206.000 -E 8 7 6 Transmission Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Clamp the main shaft or counter shaft, respectively, into the vise (use protective jaws). Remove the gears and check the following parts for wear and grooves: ● Bearing sleeves ● Pivot points of the main shaft and countershaft and pivot points of the idler gears ● Shift dogs of the gears ● Tooth faces of all gears ● Tooth profiles of the main shaft and countershaft as well as of the corresponding gears ● Check the profiles of all control gears for smooth operation Thoroughly clean all parts, exchange damaged components. New axial securing elements should be mounted whenever repair work is performed. Assembling the countershaft – Clamp the countershaft into the vise (use protective jaws!) with the toothed end facing downwards. – All parts must be carefully greased before mounting. – Mount the bearing sleeve 1 (25x28x9.7 mm) and the 2nd idler gear 2 with the recess for the shifting claws facing upwards. – Mount the stop disc 3 (25.2x32x1 mm) and the axial securing element 4 on the countershaft. – Mount the 6th idler gear 5 with the shift groove facing upwards, then mount the stop disc 6 (22.2x28x1 mm). – Mount the bearing sleeve 7 (22x25x8.1 mm), the 4th idler gear 8 and the stop disc 9 (22.2x30x2.5 mm). – Mount the bearing sleeve bk (22x25x8.1 mm), the 3rd idler gear bl, the stop disc bm (22.2x27.8x1 mm) with internal teeth and the axial securing element bn. – Mount the 5th sliding gear bo with the shift groove facing downwards and the stop disc bp (17.2x26x1 mm). – Mount the bearing sleeve bq (17x20x9.7 mm), the 1st idler gear br with the collar facing upwards and the stop disc bs (17.2x26x1 mm). 5-19C Ignition General information The measurements described below will only reveal severe problems. Coil short circuits leading to weak ignition sparks or low generator output, respectively, can only be detected with the help of an ignition test bench. In the case of malfunction always check the cables and the plug and socket connections of the ignition system first. Make sure to select the correct measuring range when performing measurements. The CDI unit can be checked only on the ignition test bench. LOCTITE 243 2K-1 Spark plug Electrode distance: 0.60 mm (0.024 in) LOCTITE 243 Insulator Check for cracks and fissures. 2K-2 ! ALWAYS USE A THE CDI UNIT. CAUTION OTHERWISE SPARK PLUG WITH RESISTOR. ! PROBLEMS CAN OCCUR IN LOCTITE 243 2K-3 Kokusan 2K-1 0,60 mm Check stator and pulse generator Use an ohmmeter to perform the following measurements: Kokusan 2K-2 Ignition Measure cable colours Resistance 2K-1 Pulser coil Exciter red – green black/red – red/white 100 Ω 20% 24,8 Ω 20% 2K-2 Pulser coil Exciter Charge coil red – green black/red– red/white ground – yellow 100 Ω 20% 24,8 Ω 20% 0,74 Ω 20% Pulser coil Exciter Charge coil red – green black/red – red/white ground – yellow white – yellow 100 Ω 20% 12,7 Ω 20% 0,65 Ω 20% 0,16 Ω 20% 2K-3 Kokusan 2K-3 NOTE: The measuring must be performed at a temperature of 20° C. Otherwise significant deviations must be expected. Replace the stator and/or the pulse generator if the measured values deviate significantly from the setpoint values. 6-1C ASSEMBLING THE ENGINE Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E INDEX MOUNTING THE CRANKSHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 TRANSMISSION SHAFT, SHIFT MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 ASSEMBLING THE ENGINE HOUSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 ENGINE SPROCKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 IGNITION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 SHIFT DRUM LOCATING DEVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 KICKSTARTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 PRIMARY DRIVE, CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 CLUTCH DISCS, PRESSURE CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 OIL PUMP, REED VALVE HOUSING, INTAKE FLANGE (SEPARATE LUBRICATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7 REED VALVE HOUSING, INTAKE FLANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 CLUTCH COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8 PISTON, CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9 ADJUSTING DIMENSION „X“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9 ADJUSTING THE CONTROL FLAP (DIMENSION „Z“) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 CYLINDER HEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 IGNITION COVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 MEASURING DIMENSION „Y“ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11 MOUNTING THE CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 FILLING IN THE GEAR OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 6 6-2C – Clamp the right housing half onto the mounting rack. Mounting the crankshaft – Oil the grooved ball bearing of the crankshaft. – Insert the crankshaft into the grooved ball bearing from above and carefully push it as far as it will go. ! CAUTION ! THE CONROD MUST BE DIRECTED TOWARDS THE CYLINDER WHEN THE CRANKSHAFT IS INSERTED! Transmission, shift mechanism – Mount the stop disc at the bottom of the countershaft and fix it with grease to prevent it from slipping off the shaft. – Align the teeth of the main shaft and the countershaft and insert both shafts together into the bearing seats. – Grease the driving pins 2 of the shift forks and mount the rollers 1. Art No 3.206.005 -E 1 2 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Oil the blades of the shift forks and hook them into the sliding gears. – Insert the shift roller into the bearing seat and hook the shift forks into the shift roller. – Oil the shift rails and insert them into the shift forks (short rail facing the main shaft). 1 6-3C 50 M6x... mm 55 55 55 50 50 50 50 50 55 55 Assembling the engine housing – – – – – – – – – – Remove the engine holder at the mounting rack. Make sure that both dowels are properly located in the right housing half. Slightly grease the sealing surface of the housing and mount a new gasket. Make sure that the rubber is properly inserted into the left housing half and that the sleeves have not slipped off the driving pins of the shift forks. Grease the shaft seal rings of the left housing half and put on the left housing half. Check the housing gasket for proper fit. Grease the threaded sections and the contact surfaces at the heads of the housing bolts. Insert the bolts and assemble the housing (bolt lengths are indicated in the illustration). Before and after tightening the housing bolts with 8 Nm (6 ft.lb.) check all shafts for easy operation. Fix the engine on the mounting rack. Cut the protruding gasket off cleanly at the sealing surfaces at cylinder base and reed valve housing. Engine sprocket – Oil the O-ring (≠ 1.78 mm) and put it on the countershaft. – Mount the distance bushing 1 in such a way that the O-ring is located in the chamfer. – Put the chain sprocket onto the countershaft with the collar facing inwards and fix it with the circlip (sharp edge outwards). – Tap the chain sprocket with a hollow mandrel or a similar tool to slightly pretension the O-ring and to press the circlip into the groove. 1 Ignition system B A – Insert the woodruff key into the crankshaft. – Apply Loctite 243 to the thread of the bolt and fix the stator in the housing with the 3 bolts without yet tightening the bolts. – Turn the stator so that mark of the stator coincides with the middle mark of the housing. Then tighten all three bolts of the stator. NOTE: The left-hand mark A in the housing is intended for the 2K-1 and 2K-2 ignition systems. The right-hand mark B in the housing is meant for the 2K-3 ignition system. – Insert the cable guide into the housing. 6-4C – Mount the rotor. – Mount the detent edged ring and the nut. – Hold the rotor with the holding spanner and tighten the hexagon nut with 60 Nm / 44 ft.lb.). Shift drum locating device 2 – Mount the locking drum 1 on the shift roller. Keep in mind that the pin of the shift roller must engage in the corresponding recess of the locking drum. – Slide washer onto bolt 2, apply Loctite 243 on its thread and mount the bolt. Block the locking drum with a special tool (see picture), and tighten the bolt. 1 ! CAUTION ! THE LOCKING DRUM MUST BE HELD WITH THE SPECIAL TOOL TO PREVENT DAMAGING OF THE BUSHINGS ON THE DRIVING PINS OF THE SHIFT FORKS. NOTE: If the locking lever hasn’t been removed, push it sideways against the resistance of the spring when mounting the locking drum. 4 Art No 3.206.005 -E 3 A B 5 – Mount washer 3. – Line the washer, the locking lever, the collar bushing (the small collar facing the head of the bolt) and the locking spring upon bolt 4. Hook the end A of the locking spring into the locking lever. – Apply Loctite 243 to bolt 4 and use it to fix the locking lever. Make sure that the other end of the locking spring rests against the housing bracket B. 6 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Insert the ratchet carrier 5 into the gear shifting gate as shown in the illustration. – Use a small quantity of grease to fix the collar bushing 6 on the ratchet carrier. 8 7 7 – Mount the ratchet carrier together with the gear shifting gate in the housing. The ratchets 7 must be slightly squeezed to insert the ratchet carrier into the locking drum. – Fix the gear shifting gate with 3 bolts 8 on the housing. 6-5C – Grease the shaft seal ring of the shift shaft. – Oil the shift shaft and insert it into the housing. Do not forget the stop disc! When mounting the shift shaft make sure that both legs of the return spring rest against the prolongation of the shift rail 1. 1 Kickstarter A – Grease the bearing bore of the kickstarter shaft in the housing. – Insert the preassembled kickstarter shaft into the housing so that the locking pawl is located on the kickstarter shaft behind the release plate in the housing. – Pretension the kickstarter spring clockwise and hook it into the corresponding bore in the housing A. Primary drive, clutch – Grease the shaft seal ring of the crankshaft. – Put the oiled O-ring (25x2 mm) onto the crankshaft and mount distance bushing with the chamfer facing the crank web so that O-ring is located in the chamfer. – Insert the woodruff key into the crankshaft. – Put the primary gear onto the crankshaft with the collar facing housing. – Mount a new detent edged ring and a hexagon nut (LH thread). – Mount the holding spanner for the primary gear and tighten hexagon nut with 180 Nm (133 ft.lb.). 3 2 the the the the – Put the stop disc (17.2x26x1 mm) and the intermediate starter gear 2 onto the countershaft. – Oil the bearing of the outer clutch hub 3 and put it onto the main shaft. 6-6C – Mount the outer clutch hub and the supporting disc (20x39.6x3 mm) on the main shaft. – Mount the inner clutch hub, a new lock washer and the hexagon nut on the main shaft. – Mount the clutch holder 1 and tighten the hexagon nut with 120 Nm (88 ft.lb.). – Remove the clutch holder and secure the hexagon nut by bending the two brackets of the lock washer upwards. – The bracket of the lock washer that meshes with the inner clutch hub must be carefully hammered down after tightening the hexagon nut to make sure that it rests properly against the inner clutch hub. 1 Art No 3.206.005 -E aluminium steel aluminium Clutch discs, pressure cap – Oil the thrust bearing and insert it into the main shaft. – Properly oil the lining discs before mounting them. NOTE: These engines have 4 clutch discs of aluminum and 2 clutch discs of steel. These must be mounted in the following order: 1 lining disc 1 lining disc 1 lining disc 1 lining disc 1 lining disc 1 lining disc Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 1 lining disc 1 clutch disc (aluminium) 1 clutch disc (aluminium) 1 clutch disc (steel) 1 clutch disc (steel) 1 clutch disc (aluminium) 1 clutch disc (aluminium) – One of the lining discs must be on top. – Mount the pressure cap, then the clutch springs, the spring retainers and the collar bolts. – Tighten the collar bolts crosswise. Apply a maximum of 6 Nm (4.5 ft.lb.) to prevent damaging of the threads in the inner clutch hub. 6-7C Oil pump, reed valve housing and intake flange (separate lubrication) – Insert the reed valve housing into the engine case, and position the intake flange such that the bolt 1 can be mounted. Mount the bolt, but only tighten it such that it is still possible to rotate the intake flange. – Insert the oil pump with a new gasket into the engine case, and fix it with the 2 bolts 2. 1 2 – Mount the oil pump housing. When mounting, be careful not to kink the two hoses . – Mount the 2 dowel bushings 3. 3 – Slide the oil-pump wheel 4 onto the oil pump. 4 – Mount the clutch cover 5 and tighten the bolts including 6. To tighten the two bolts 7 it is necessary to hold the oil pump cover 8 in position. 6 7 5 – Mount the remaining 4 bolts of the intake flange, and tighten each of the 5 bolts. 8 6-8C Clutch cover – Check if both dowels have been mounted in the engine housing. – Grease the shaft seal ring of the kickstarter shaft and fix the clutch cover gasket with a small quantity of grease. – Fix the O-ring 1 in the housing with a small quantity of grease. – Carefully mount the preassembled clutch cover and press it on. Slightly rotate the crankshaft so that the centrifugal timer and the water pump can mesh with the primary gear. – Mount the collar bolts (bolt lengths indicated in the illustration on next page) and tighten with 8 Nm (6 ft.lb.). – Check all shafts for smooth operation. 1 35 35 40 35 35 M6x... mm Art No 3.206.005 -E 55 40 40 35 55 35 35 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Tighten the collar bolt 2 of the centrifugal timer. 2 Reed valve housing, intake flange – Mount the reed valve housing and the intake flange and fix with 5 collar bolts and corrugated washers. – Close the intake flange with a clean cloth or an appropriate plug. 6-9C Piston, cylinder – Carefully oil the sliding points of all components before mounting. – Insert the needle bearing into the conrod eye, mount the piston (the arrow on the piston head indicates the direction of the exhaust port). – Mount the piston pin and the wire circlips with the open side facing downwards (see illustration). – Mount the cylinder base gaskets (recommended gasket thickness: approx. 0.60 mm / 0.024 in). – Place the piston on a self-made wooden mounting device and align the piston rings. – Mount the preassembled cylinder, remove the mounting device and clamp the cylinder down with two collar nuts. ! CAUTION ! MOUNTING THE CYLINDER MAKE SURE THAT THE ROCKER ARM 1 OF THE CENTRIFUGAL TIMER IS LOCATED IN THE CORRESPONDING RECESS 2 OF THE CONTROL SEGMENT IN THE CYLINDER. IF NECESSARY REMOVE THE SMALL CAP ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE CYLINDER AND CHECK. WHEN 1 2 Adjusting dimension „X“ NOTE: Dimension „X“ is the distance between the upper piston edge and the offset upper cylinder edge with the cylinder clamped down and the piston in position TDC. Dimension „X“ must be adjusted particularly carefully by inserting cylinder base gaskets of different thicknesses. ! IF CAUTION ! DIMENSION „X“ IS TOO LARGE, THE COMPRESSION VALUE WILL DECREASE, THUS REDUCING THE OVERALL ENGINE OUTPUT. IF DIMENSION „X“ IS TOO SMALL, THE ENGINE WILL „PINK“ AND OVERHEAT. 6-10C – Position the sliding gauge on the cylinder and turn the piston to TDC by turning the flywheel. Read the value indicated by the sliding gauge. X 125 ccm up to model 2000: dimension „X“ = 0.60 mm (0.024 in) 125 ccm model 2001 onwards: dimension „X“ = 0.0 mm (0.0 in) 200 ccm up to model 2002: dimension „X“ = 0.55 mm (0.022 in) 200 ccm model 2003 onwards: dimension „X“ = 0.0 mm (0.0 in) – Adjust dimension „X“ by adding or removing cylinder base gaskets. NOTE: Adding of cylinder base gaskets increases and removing cylinder base gaskets reduces dimension „X“. – Mount the two remaining collar nuts at the cylinder base and tighten all 4 collar nuts with 30 Nm (22 ft.lb.). Adjusting the control flap (dimension „Z“) NOTE: Dimension „Z“ is the distance between the lower edge of the control flap and the upper edge of the cylinder, measured in the middle of the exhaust port. 2 125 SX/EXC/EXE up to model 2000: Z = 42.0 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm 125 SX/EXC/EXE model 2001: Z = 42.5 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm 125 SX/EXC from model 2002: Z = 43 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm 200 MXC/EXC up to model 2001: Z = 46.0 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm 1 200 MXC/EXC model 2002: Z = 46,5 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm 200 MXC/EXC from model 2003: Z = 47 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm Art No 3.206.005 -E 200 SX from model 2003: Z = 46 mm + 0.2/- 0.6 mm – Loosen locking bolt 1 only 2 turns . – Adjust the depth gauge to the indicated value and fix it in this position. – Insert the depth gauge into the cylinder. – Turn the bearing carrier 2 at the clutch cover so that the control flap rests against the depth gauge. Z – Tighten the locking bolt 1 to prevent the bearing carrier from turning – Mount the hexagon cap nut 3 of the centrifugal timer together with a new seal ring. 3 ! CAUTION ! WHEN Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 MOUNTING THE HEXAGON CAP NUT MAKE SURE THAT THE BEARING CARRIER OF THE CENTRIFUGAL TIMER IS NOT TURNED ANY MORE. OTHERWISE DIMENSION „Z“ MUST BE ADJUSTED ONCE AGAIN. 1 Cylinder head – Clean the sealing surfaces of the cylinder and the cylinder head. – Insert a new O-ring into the corresponding groove of the cylinder and mount a new cylinder head gasket. NOTE: on 125 SX/EXC-engines from model 2002 onwards an O-ring is used instead of the gasket. – Mount the cylinder head with the water nozzle facing the exhaust side and slightly turn it back and forth to prevent crushing of the O-ring. – Mount the collar bolts with new copper gaskets and tighten them crosswise, taking 3 turns to achieve the total tightening torque of 18 Nm (13 ft.lb.). – Initially, the bolts should only be tightened until the first slight resistance is felt. – Insert the spark plug and tighten with 20 Nm (15 ft.lb.). 6-11C Ignition cover – Apply silicone to several points of the gasket to fix it in the ignition cover. – Fix the ignition cover with 4 collar bolts. – Use the collar bolt 2 to mount the wire bracket 1 for the carburetor air hoses on the housing. 1 2 Measuring dimension „Y“ NOTE: The gasket of the driving cylinder of the clutch must be appropriately thick to ensure smooth clutch release. For this purpose measure dimension „Y“. Dimension "Y" is the distance from the sealing surface of the clutch slave cylinder to the push rod. – Swing the ignition side up. – Oil the push rod and push it into the main shaft as far as it will go. – Then use a sliding gauge to measure the distance between the bearing surface of the driving cylinder of the clutch and the push rod. – Write down dimension „Y“ and use an appropriate gasket (see table) when mounting the driving cylinder of the clutch. Dimension „Y“ 2,5 - 2,8 mm 2,8 - 3,0 mm 3,0 - 3,3 mm 0.1 - 0.11 in 0.11 - 0.12 in 0.12 - 0.13 in DIMENSION „Y“ Sealing surface of the clutch slave cylinder ! ALWAYS USE A NEW GASKET. OF THE HYDRAULIC CLUTCH. push rod counter shaft gasket thickness 0,75 mm 0,50 mm 0,30 mm 0,30 in 0,20 in 0,012 in CAUTION DAMAGED GASKETS MAY ! IMPAIR THE EASY OPERABILITY 6-12C Mounting the clutch slave cylinder 1 2 – Verify that the ball 2 has been correctly mounted in the piston of the clutch slave cylinder. – Put a new gasket in place, and mount the clutch slave cylinder. Apply Loctite 243 onto the bolt's 1 thread. NOTE: to make shure the clutch works well, the correct thickness of the clutch slave cylinder gasket is to be measured - see dimension Y. Filling in the gear oil – Mount the oil drain plug with a new seal ring and tighten with 15 Nm (11 ft.lb.). 3 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E – Remove the plug at the clutch cover and fill in 0.70 l oil (see spezifications chapter 9). – Mount the plug and check the engine for leaks. – Mount kickstart and shift lever. 7-1C ELECTRICAL INDEX CHECKING THE VOLTAGE REGULATOR-RECTIFIER (SHINDENGEN) . . . . . .7-2 CHECKING THE VOLTAGE REGULATOR (KOKUSAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 CHECKING THE CAPACITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 IGNITION COIL (KOKUSAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 CDI UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 MEASUREMENTS WITH PEAK VOLTAGE ADAPTER STATIC IGNITION VALUES 125-200 SX, MXC, EXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 STATIC GENERATOR VALUES 125-200 EXC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 STATIC IGNITION VALUES/GENERATOR VALUES 125-200 MXC, EXC USA . . . .7-8 Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E STATIC IGNITION VALUES 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10 STATIC GENERATOR VALUES 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12 7 7-2C Checking the voltage regulator-rectifier (Shindengen) – Start the engine and switch on the low beam. – Connect a voltmeter to the two terminals of the capacitor (red/white cable = positive, brown cable = negative). – Accelerate the engine to a speed of 5000 r.p.m. and read off the voltage. Nominal value: 14.0 - 15.0 V In the case of a significant deviation from the nominal value: – Check the capacitor – Check the connector between the stator and the voltage regulatorrectifier and between the voltage regulator and the cable tree. – Check the stator. – Replace the voltage regulator-rectifier. Checking the voltage regulator (Kokusan) A defect voltage regulator can cause different kinds of trouble: ● No voltage in the circuit In this case, the voltage regulator must be disconnected at idle speed. The voltage regulator is defect if the power consumers now work properly. If the power consumers are still not supplied with power, the switch, the wiring harness or the ignition system must be checked for defects. ● Excessive voltage in the circuit The bulbs burn out. In this case the voltage regulator must be replaced. Checking the capacitor – Discharge the capacitor by bridging the two terminals with a screwdriver and remove. – Connect the negative pole of a 12V battery with the negative terminal of the capacitor. The connection between the positive pole of the battery and the positive terminal of the capacitor (marked +) is made with a test lamp 3. – When the power circuit is closed, the test lamp must begin to light up. As capacitor charging increases, the brightness of the test lamp must decrease. – The test lamp must go out after 0,5-2 seconds (depending on the lamp capacity). – If the test lamp does not go out or does not light up at all, the capacitor is faulty. 3 ! CAUTION ! DISCHARGE THE CAPACITOR BEFORE AND AFTER EACH TEST. WHEN INSTALLING THE CAPACITOR, MAKE SURE THAT THE TERMINALS ARE CONNECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEIR MARKINGS (CONNECT RED/WHITE CABLE TO + TERMINAL). Ignition coil – Disconnect all cables and remove the spark plug connector. – Use an ohmmeter to measure the following values. NOTE: The indicated setpoint values correspond to a temperature of 20° C. Replace the ignition coil if the measured values deviate significantly from the setpoint values. Measure Cable colours Resistance primary coil blue/white – ground 0,425 - 0,575 Ω secondary coil blue/white – ignition wire 10,80 - 16,20 kΩ 7-3C CDI unit Check the cables and plug and socket connections of the CDI unit. The CDI unit function can only be checked on an ignition test bench. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E ! CAUTION ! NEVER USE A COMMERCIAL MEASURING DEVICE TO CHECK THE CDI UNIT. COMMERCIAL MEASURING DEVICES CAN DESTROY HIGHLY SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. 7-4C SPORTMOTORCYCLES 5 1 4 3 2 7-5C STATIC IGNITION VALUES 125-200 SX, MXC, EXC (KOKUSAN 2K-1, 2K-3) Measuring conditions: – cold engine – seat and tank removed – all connectors and the ground connection in a non-corroding condition, connectors tightly connected – spark plug screwed out and spark plug connector attached to ground – light switch turned off – the gap between the rotor and pulse generator must be set to 0.75 mm – kick the kick starter forcefully at least 5 times for each measurement 1 Check the pulse generator for an output signal – two-pin connector 1 with green and red cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page): – Apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the green cable and the black measuring lead to the red cable, disconnect both connectors 1 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 1 Multimeter display: 6 volts +/- 1 volt 3 – Same measurement with CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 3 volts +/- 1 volt Check the generator charging coil for ignition capacitor charge for output voltage – two-pin connector 3 with black/red and red/white cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page): Art No 3.206.005 -E – Apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the black/red cable and the black measuring lead to the red/white cable, disconnect connector 3 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 Multimeter display: 35 volts +/- 5 volts – Same measurement with connectors CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 200 volts +/- 10 volts S 4 Check the primary voltage output 4 for ignition coil control (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for output voltage (blue/white cable color): – Apply the red measuring lead R of the peak voltage adapter to the black/white cable (ground) and the black measuring lead S to the blue/white cable, CDI unit 2 and ignition coil 5 connected R Multimeter display: 200 volts +/- 10 volts Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 NOTE: the ignition coil does not need to be removed to measure. 5 7-6C SPORTMOTORCYCLES 6 10 9 11 7-7C STATIC GENERATOR VALUES 125-200 EXC (KOKUSAN 2K-3) Measuring conditions: – cold engine – seat and tank removed – all connectors and the ground connection in a non-corroding condition, connectors tightly connected – light switch turned off – kick the kick starter forcefully at least 5 times for each measurement Check the generator output 6 (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for voltage between the following cable colors: – between yellow and brown (ground), connector 7 disconnected Multimeter display: 19 volts +/- 2 volts – between white and brown (ground), connector 8 disconnected 7 Multimeter display: 24 volts +/- 2 volts – Repeat both measurements with connector 7 and 8 connected. The measured values should be the same. 8 NOTE: the black measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter must be applied to the ground. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Check regulator rectifier output voltage 9 (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) cable colors yellow/red, regulator rectifier bk connected, capacitor bl disconnected: – between yellow/red and brown (ground) Multimeter display: 14 volts +/- 1 volt 10 S NOTE: the black measuring lead S of the peak voltage adapter must be applied to the ground. 7-8C 5 3 4 2 1 6 7-9C STATIC IGNITION AND GENERATOR VALUES 125-200 MXC, EXC USA (KOKUSAN 2K-2) Measuring conditions: – cold engine – seat and tank removed – all connectors and the ground connection in a non-corroding condition, connectors tightly connected – spark plug screwed out and spark plug connector attached to ground – light switch turned off – the gap between the rotor and pulse generator must be set to 0.75 mm – kick the kick starter forcefully at least 5 times for each measurement 1 Check the pulse generator for an output signal – two one-pin connectors 1 with green and red cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page): – Apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the green cable and the black measuring lead to the red cable, disconnect both connectors 1 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 1 Multimeter display: 3.5 volts +/- 1 volt 3 – Same measurement with CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 2 volts +/- 0.5 volt Check the generator charging coil for ignition capacitor charge for output voltage – two-pin connector 3 with black/red and red/white cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) Art No 3.206.005 -E – apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the black/red cable and the black measuring lead to the red/white cable, disconnect connector 3 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 Multimeter display: 45 volts +/- 5 volts – Same measurement with connectors CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 220 volts +/- 10 volts S 4 Check the primary voltage output 4 for ignition coil control (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for output voltage (blue/white cable color): – apply the red measuring lead R of the peak voltage adapter to the black/white cable (ground) and the black measuring lead S to the blue/white cable, CDI unit 2 and ignition coil 5 connected R Multimeter display: 210 volts +/- 10 volts Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 NOTE: the ignition coil does not need to be removed to measure. 5 Check the generator output 6 for the lighting system (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for voltage: – between yellow and brown (ground), connector disconnected Multimeter display: 10.5 volts +/- 1 volt 7-10C Europa ge-bl r v s o 27 s 4 ge-bl 8 br 7 5 v s br br 6 br g bl ge-bl br 2 Datum, Name: 22.11.99 Hasl. 13 1 ge-bl br g bl s-ge ge-r ge-bl br v r-w g o bl 3 ge-s ge-bl br 19 9 Land: Kabelstrangnummer: vorne:512.11.075.000 hinten:503.14.040.100 125 EXE 2000/2001 125 Super Moto 2000/2001 Modell: bl SERVICE SPORTMOTORCYCLES o ge-bl 14 23 g bl 10 ger br w s-ge g bl ge r br ge-bl 11 g-w s-ge 16 17 ge-s br bl-w s-w 1 4 5 28 KOKUSAN 3 s-w bl-w 2K3 15 s-ge s-r r-w o r g w ge G 18 30 20 2 ge-r g-w w 12 ge-bl br 22 br 21 br 54 58 25 26 br 31 24 29 s br g-w w v br g-w ge-bl 8 s ge-r br v s ge-r br v s ge 7-11C STATIC IGNITION VALUES 125 EXE / 125 SUPERMOTO (KOKUSAN 2K-3) Measuring conditions: – cold engine – seat and tank removed – all connectors and the ground connection in a non-corroding condition, connectors tightly connected – spark plug screwed out and spark plug connector attached to ground – battery loaded, ignition switch to position 1 (light turned off) – the gap between the rotor and pulse generator must be set to 0.75 mm – kick the kick starter forcefully at least 5 times for each measurement Check the pulse generator for an output signal – two one-pin connectors 1 with green and red cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page): – Apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the green cable and the black measuring lead to the red cable, disconnect both connectors 1 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 1 Multimeter display: 6 volts +/- 1 volt 1 3 – Same measurement with CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 3 volts +/- 1 volt Check the generator charging coil for the ignition capacitor charge for output voltage – two-pin connector 3 with black/red and red/white cable colors (also see circuit diagram on opposite page): Art No 3.206.005 -E – Apply the red measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter to the black/red cable and the black measuring lead to the red/white cable, disconnect connector 3 to disconnect the CDI unit 2 Multimeter display: 35 volts +/- 5 volts – Same measurement with connectors CDI unit connected Multimeter display: 200 volts +/- 10 volts Check the primary voltage output 4 for ignition coil control (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for output voltage (blue/white cable color): 4 S R Multimeter display: 200 volts +/- 10 volts 5 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 – Apply the red measuring lead R of the peak voltage adapter to black/white cable (ground) and the black measuring lead S to the blue/white cable, CDI unit 2 and ignition coil 5 connected NOTE: the ignition coil does not need to be removed to measure. 7-12C 22.11.99 Hasl. ge-bl r v s o 27 s 4 ge-bl 8 br 7 5 v s br br 6 br g bl ge-bl br 2 Datum, Name: Europa 13 1 ge-bl br g bl s-ge ge-r ge-bl br v r-w g o bl 3 ge-s ge-bl br 19 9 Land: Kabelstrangnummer: vorne:512.11.075.000 hinten:503.14.040.100 125 EXE 2000/2001 125 Super Moto 2000/2001 Modell: bl SERVICE SPORTMOTORCYCLES o ge-bl 14 23 g bl 10 ger br w s-ge g bl ge r br ge-bl 11 g-w s-ge 17 16 ge-s br bl-w s-w 28 KOKUSAN 2K3 s-w bl-w 15 s-ge s-r r-w o r g w ge G 30 6 20 18 9 ge-r g-w w 12 ge-bl br ge-r br v s ge 8 s 29 58 25 26 br br 54 br 21 11 br g-w ge-bl br g-w w v 31 24 22 ge-r br v s 10 s 7-13C STATIC GENERATOR VALUES 125 EXE / 125 SUPERMOTO (KOKUSAN 2K-3) Measuring conditions: – cold engine – seat and tank removed – all connectors and the ground connection in a non-corroding condition, connectors tightly connected – battery loaded, ignition switch to position 1 (light turned off) – kick the kick starter forcefully at least 5 times for each measurement 7 Check the generator output 6 (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) for voltage between the following cable colors: – between yellow and brown (ground), connector 7 disconnected Multimeter display: 19 volts +/- 2 volts – between white and brown (ground), connector 8 disconnected Multimeter display: 24 volts +/- 2 volts 8 – Repeat both measurements with connector 7 and 8 connected. The measured values should be the same. NOTE: the black measuring lead of the peak voltage adapter must be applied to the ground. Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Check regulator rectifier output voltage 9 (also see circuit diagram on opposite page) cable colors yellow/red, regulator rectifier bk connected, fuse bl disconnected, ignition switched off: – between yellow/red and brown (ground) Multimeter display: 14 volts +/- 1 volt NOTE: the black measuring lead S of the peak voltage adapter must be applied to the brown cable (ground). 10 S 8-1C TROUBLE SHOOTING INDEX Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E TROUBLE SHOOTING 125 / 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 8 8-2C TROUBLE SHOOTING If you let the specified maintenance work on your motorcycle be carried out, disturbances can hardly be expected. Should an error occur nevertheless, we advise you to use the trouble shooting chart in order to find the cause of error. TROUBLE CAUSE Art No 3.206.005 -E Engine fails to start Engine without idle running Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Engine power has not enough REMEDY Operating error Open fuel tap, switch o ignition, replenish fuel, do not use choke Fuel supply interrupted Close fuel tap, loosen fuel hose at carburettor, lead into a basin and open fuel tap, – if fuel leaks out, clean carburettor – if no fuel leaks out, check tank ventilation, i.e. clean fuel tap Electrode distance too great Reduce electrode distance (0.60 mm) Plug fouled by oil, wet or bridged Clean spark plug or renew Ignition wire or spark plug connector damaged Dismount spark plug, connect ignition cable, hold to ground (blank place on engine) and actuate kickstarter, a strong spark must be produced at the spark plug – If no spark is produced, loosen spark plug cap from ignition cable, hold about 5 mm from ground and actuate kickstarter – If a spark now occurs, replace spark plug cap – If no spark is produced, control ignition system Kill button wire or short-circuit switch faulty Disconnect yellow-black coloured cable from CDI and check ignition spark. If the spark is O.K. repair defective part of cable, ignition lock or ignition switch Loose ignition cable connectors Inspect cable connectors Spark too weak Examine ignition system Water in the carburetor and jets blocked Dismantle and clean carburetor Idle adjusting screw out of adjustment Readjust idle running or replace idle adjusting screw Ignition system damaged Examine ignition system Wear Overhaul engine Charred glass fiber yarn in silencer Renew filling Air filter obstructed Clean or renew airfilter Control flap does not work Check control flap, joint rod and centrifugal timer Fuel supply partly interrupted or blocked Blow through fuel pipe and clean carburetor Loss of compression through loose spark plug Tighten spark plug Exhaust system damaged Check exhaust system for damage Engine has not enough preignition Check and adjust ignition 8-3C TROUBLE Engine power has not CAUSE enough Engine revs not high and running with four stroke cycle High rpm misfiring REMEDY Reed paddles tensionless or damaged, surface of reed valve housing damaged Replace reed paddles or reed valve housing Wear Overhaul engine Electronical ignition timing faulty Have ignition system checked Carburetor overflows if level adjust too high, float needle seating is dirty or enlarged Clean carburetor, if necessary replace float needle and adjust level Loose carburetor jets Tighten jets Incorrect heat range spark plug or low quality spark plug Refer to technical data section Incorrect or connector Test and/or replace spark plug connectors correct type faulty spark plug Loose, corroded or non conductive ignition socket connector Check and seal with silicon Lack of fuel Clean fuel pipes, examine tank aeration and clean Spark plug with incorrect heat value (Ignition by incandescence) Fit correct spark plug Engine takes air out of control Check intake flange and carburetor if firmly setted Insufficient liquid in cooling system Top up coolant and bleed cooling system check cooling system for leaks Cooling system not or insufficiently bleeded Bleed cooling system (see operating instructions) Radiator fins clogged Clean radiator fins with water jet Frothing in cooling system Renew coolant using branded anti-freeze/anti-corrosive Pinched or kinked water hoses Replace with correct routed hoses Incorrect ignition timing because of loose stator bolts Readjust to correct ignition timing specifications, secure bolts properly with Loctite 243 Incorrect dimension ,,X“ Measure and adjust to correct specification Emission of white smoke (steam) Cylinder head or cylinder head gasket leaks Check cylinder head, replace cyllinder head gasket Excessive oil escapes from transmission breather tube Excessive oil quantity in transmission Correct transmission oil level Water pump shaft seal ring or right-hand crankshaft seal ring defect Replace shaft seal ring and change gear oil, check coolant Voltage regulator faulty Control connections of voltage regulator. Check voltage regulator Engine spluters into the carburetor Engine overheating All switched on lamps blown out 9-1C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS INDEX MODEL 1999 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 200 ONLY SINGAPORE . . . . . . . . .9-5 BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING – 200 ONLY SINGAPORE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Art No 3.206.005-E MODEL 2000 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . .9-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . .9-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125/200 SX, MXC, EXC . . . . . . . .9-8 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125/200 SX, MXC, EXC . . . . . . .9-10 MODEL 2001 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . .9-6 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . .9-7 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13 Repair manual 125 / 200 MODEL 2002 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16 MODEL 2003 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – ENGINE 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS – CHASSIS 125/200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-19 CARBURATOR SPECIFICATION MODEL 1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21 MODEL 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 MODEL 2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27 MODEL 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30 MODEL 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33 9 125 EGS 54.25 / 54 mm (2.136 / 2.126 in) 124.8 ccm no generator Generator output Air-filter Carburetor KOKUSAN 2K-1 13 : 32 15 : 30 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 22 : 24 Ignition system Coolant Available chain sprockets Gear lubrication Gear ratio 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear Transmission Clutch Primary drive Dimension "Z" Electrode gap Spark plug (height of the control flap) (upper edge piston upper edge cylinder) Ignition timing Dimension "X" Piston ring straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 6 speed, claw actuated for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 12V 110 W wet foam type air filter insert flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table 12V / 110 W KOKUSAN 2K-3 0.55 mm (0.22 in) 12V 40 W KOKUSAN 2K-2 46 mm (1.81 in) NGK BR 8 EG 12V 110 W KOKUSAN 2K-3 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 22 : 25 / 17 : 19 22 : 20 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC 13 : 32 15 : 30 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 22 : 23 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) 13t / 14t / 15t 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 20 : 20 USA: KOKUSAN 2K-2 EU: 2K-3 12V 40 W 0.60 mm (0,024 in) multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 42 mm (1.65 in) NGK R 6918-B8 1.4 mm (0.055 in) (16.5°) BTDC 0.60 mm (0.024 in) two plain compression rings cast piston needle bearing Piston pin bearing Piston needle bearing 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing SUPER fuel, research octane no 95, mixed with high grade two stroke oil 1:40 when using high grade two stroke oil (Shell Advance Racing X). When in doupt, please contact your importer Conrod bearing 200 EXC, EGS 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) 193 ccm Crankshaft bearing one plain compression ring 200 MXC Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 125 EXC SUPER fuel, research octane no 98, mixed with high grade two stroke oil 125 SX TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 / 200 ‘99 Art No 3.206.005 -E Oil / gasoline ratio Fuel Bore / stroke Piston displacement Design Engine Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-2C 125 EGS 200 MXC, EXC USA Carburetor Keihin PWK 39 Keihin PWK 39 Keihin PWK 39 Keihin PWK 39 Carburetor setting number 120598 160598 140598 130598 Main jet 190 (188/192/195) 190 (188/192/195) 150 (188/190/192/195) 180 (175/178/182/185) Idling jet 48 (45/50) 48 (45/50) 45 (48/50) 45 (42/48) Starting jet 85 85 85 85 Jetneedle NOZH (NOZF/NOZG/NOZI) NOZF (NOZG/NOZH/NOZI) R1471J (NOZF/NOZG/NOZH/NOZI) NOZH (NOZG/NOZI) Needle position from top III IV III III Throttle valve 6 6 6 6 Air adjustment screw top 1,5 1,5 1,5 1,5 Performance restrictor – – – – 125 SX, EXC EUROPE 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0.30 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm as required 0,07 / 0.15 / 0.20 / 0.25 / 0.40 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm 1.10 mm + O-ring 125 SX, EXC USA 125 EGS AUSTRALIA BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING Crankcase Clutch cover Clutch driving cylinder Cylinder bottom gasket Available bottom gasket Cylinder-head gasket GASKET THICKNESSES Keihin PWK 39 170598 180 (175/178/182/185) 45 (42/48) 85 NOZG (NOZH/NOZI) II 6 1,5 – 200 EXC EUROPE 200 EGS 18 Nm 30 Nm 60 Nm 180 Nm 120 Nm 8 Nm 20 Nm 100 Nm 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm 200 EGS AUSTRALIA M7 M8 M 12x1 M 16x1.5 M 18x1.5 M6 M 14x1.25 M 14x1.5 M6 M8 M 10 Keihin PWK 39 Keihin PWK 39 140598 150598 180 (175/178/182/185) 180 (175/178/182/185) 45 (42/48) 45 (42/48) 85 85 R1472J (NOZG/NOZH/NOZI) NOZH (NOZG/NOZI) IV III 6 6 1,5 1,5 slide stop 36mm slide stop 36mm Flange bolts - cylinder-head Nuts-cylinder base Flywheel collar nut Nut for primary sprocket (LH thread) Nut for inner clutch hub Crankcase and clutch cover bolts Spark plug Nut swingarm pivot Other bolts Piston fitting clearance Piston ring end cap Connecting rod bearing - radial clearance Transmission shafts end float Clutch springs - length 125 = 0.06 mm 200 = 0.085 mm max. 0.40 mm 0.025– 0.035 mm 0.20– 0.40 mm new = 39 mm, minimum length = 38 mm TIGHTENING TORQUES TOLERANCES AND FITTING CLEARANCES (14 ft.lb) (22 ft.lb) (44 ft.lb) (133 ft.lb) (88 ft.lb) (6 ft.lb) (14 ft.lb) (74 ft.lb) (7 ft.lb) (19 ft.lb) (33 ft.lb) 9-3C 9-4C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 125 SX 125 SX / EXC / EGS, 200 MXC / EXC / EGS ‘99 125 EXC 125 EGS Frame Fork Wheel travel front/rear 200 MXC 200 EXC 200 EGS Central chrome-moly-steel frame WP Extreme Marzocchi Magnum 45 Code 91 280 / 320 mm 285 / 320 mm (11.0 / 12.6 in) (11.2 / 12.6 in) Rear suspension WP Progressive Damping System shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 260 mm (10.2 in), brake caliper floated Rear brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Front tires 80/100 - 21“ 51M Air pressure offroad 1.0 bar (14psi) Air press. road driver only – 90/90 - 21“ 54R 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,5 bar (21psi) 90/90 - 21“ 54R 1.0 bar (14psi) 1,5 bar (21psi) 80/100 - 21“ 51M 1.0 bar (14psi) - 90/90 - 21“ 54R 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.5 bar (21psi) 90/90 - 21“ 54R 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.5 bar (21psi) Rear tires 100/90 - 19“ 57M 120/90 - 18“ 65R 120/90 - 18“ 65R 100/100 - 18“ 59M 120/90 - 18“ 65R 120/90 - 18“ 65R Air pressure offroad 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.0 bar (14psi) 1.0 bar (14psi) Air press. road driver only – 2.0 bar (28psi) 2.0 bar (28psi) 2.0 bar (28psi) 2.0 bar (28psi) Fuel tank capacity Final drive ratio 7.5 liter (2 US Gallons) 9.5 liter (2.5 US gallons) 9.5 or 12 liter (2.4 US gallons) 12 liter (3.2 US gallons) 13:50 13:50 14:38 14:48 Chain 925 mm (36.4 in) Ground clearance, unloaded Art No 3.206.005 -E 385 mm (15,2 in) 92 kg (203 lbs) 96 kg (212 lbs) STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK M 10 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Brake caliper front M8 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 4.0 N/mm Clamping bolts upper fork bridge M8 15 Nm (11 ft.lb) 5 mm (0.2in) Clamping bolts lower fork bridge M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Clamping bolts fork stubs (Marzocchi) M6 7 Nm (5 ft.lb) Clamping bolts fork stubs (WP Extreme) M8 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) Compression adjuster 15 12 Rebound adjuster 15 12 4.0 N/mm 10 mm (0.4in) 140 mm (5.5in) 150 mm (5.9in) appropx. 600 ccm appropx. 750 ccm SAE 7.5 SAE 5 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 NOTE: The damping units in the left and the right fork leg are of different design. Make sure not to mix them up in case of repair or service jobs. STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER WP 1218T711 WP 1218T713 Compression adjuster 5 6 Rebound adjuster 14 14 Spring Spring preload 96 kg (212 lbs) TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS WP 918T767 Fork oil 100 kg (221 lbs) Collar bolt front wheel spindle Marzocchi 91 Capacity per fork leg 101 kg (223 Ibs) 1461 ± 10 mm (57.3 ± 0,4 in) Seat height, unloaded Air chamber length 97 kg (214 Ibs) 63° Wheel base Spring preload 14:38 38, 40, 42, 45, 48, 50, 52 Steering head angle Spring 14:48 5/8 x 1/4 " Available final sprockets Dead-weight without fuel 9.5 or 12 liter 9.5 or 12 liter (2.5 or 3.2 US gallons) (2.5 or 3.2 US gallons) PDS2–250 PDS1–250 5 mm (0.2 in) 6 mm (0.23 in) + Loctite 243 Collar nut rear wheel spindle M 20x1.5 80 Nm (59 ft.lb) Hexagon nut swingarm bolt M 14x1.5 100 Nm (74 ft.lb) Shock absorber top M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Shock absorber bottom M 12 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 45 Nm (33 ft.lb) 9-5C TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 200 EGS ONLY SINGAPORE ‘99 Engine Design Piston displacement Bore / stroke Fuel Lubrication Engine oil Crankshaft bearing Connecting rod bearing Piston pin bearing Piston Piston ring edge piston Dimension "X"(upper upper edge cylinder) Ignition timing Spark plug Electrode gap of the Dimension "Z" (height control flap) Primary drive Clutch Transmission 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear Gear lubrication Available chain sprockets Coolant Ignition system Generator output Carburetor Air-filter 200 EGS Singapore Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 193 ccm 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) SUPER fuel, research octane no 95 Separate lubrication Shell Advance Racing X or high grade 2-stroke oil for a mixture ratio 1:50 and separate lubrication 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing needle bearing needle bearing cast piston two plain compression rings 0.55 mm (0.22 in) 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC NGK BR 8 EG 0.60 mm (0,024 in) 46 mm (1.81 in) straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 6 speed, claw actuated 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 22 : 25 / 17 : 19 22 : 20 0.70 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 13t / 14t / 15t for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) KOKUSAN 2K-3 12V 110 W flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table wet foam type air filter insert BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING 200 EGS (Sgp) Carburetor Carburetor setting number Main jet Idling jet Starting jet Jet needle Needle position from top Throttle valve Air adjustment screw top Performance restrictor Keihin PWK 39 180698 178 (175/180/182/185) 42 (45/48) 85 NOZI (NOZG/NOZH) II 6 1,5 slide stop 36 mm 9-6C Art No 3.206.005 -E TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 EXE / 125 SUPERMOTO 2000 Engine Design Piston displacement Bore / stroke Fuel Lubrication Oil / gasolin ratio Crankshaft bearing Connecting rod bearing Piston pin bearing Piston Piston ring Spark plug Electrode gap Primary drive Clutch Transmission Gear ratio 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear 125 EXE Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 124.8 ccm 54,0 / 54,5 mm (2.125 / 2.145 in) unleaded fuel with a least RON 91 separate lubrication Shell Advance Ultra 2 or 2-stroke oil for a mix ratio1:50 and separate lubrication 2 grooved ball bearing needle bearing needle bearing cast light alloy 2 rectangular ring NGK BR8 HS 0.60 mm (0,024 in) straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 6 speed, claw actuated Gear lubrication Available chain sprockets Coolant Ignition system Generator output Carburetor Air-filter Oil tank 0.7 l gear oil SAE-80W (Shell Advance Gear EP) 14t for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 0,8 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) Kokusan digital 2K-3 12V / 110 W flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table wet foam type air filter insert tank content: 1,3 liter (0,34 US gallons) 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 22 : 24 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING Carburetor Carburetor setting number Main jet Idling jet Starting jet Jetneedle Needle position from top Throttle valve Air adjustment screw top Performance restrictor 125 EXE (80 km/h) 125 EXE (100km/h) 125 Supermoto (80 km/h) 125 Supermoto (100 km/h) Dell’Orto PHBH 28 051299 120 50 70 X83 III 40 1,25 – Dell’Orto PHBH 28 021199 125 50 70 X83 III 40 1,25 – Dell’Orto PHBH 28 051299 120 50 70 X83 III 40 1,25 – Dell’Orto PHBH 28 021199 125 50 70 X83 III 40 1,25 – 9-7C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 125 EXE / 125 SUPERMOTO 125 EXE 2000 125 Supermoto Frame Central chrome-moly-steel frame Fork White Power – Up Side Down 40 TA Wheel travel front/rear 220/260 mm (8,7/10,2 in) Rear suspension WP Progressive Damping System shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc, brake caliper floated Front brake disc Ø 260 mm (10,2 in) Rear brake Ø 320 mm (12,6 in) Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Brake discs Wear limit max. 0,4 mm (0,016 in) Front tires 3.00 - 21“ 110/70 - 17“ Air pressure, driver only 1,8 bar (26 psi) 1,8 bar (26 psi) Air pressure, driver plus passenger 2,0 bar (29 psi) 2,0 bar (29 psi) Rear tires 4.60 - 18“ 130/70 - 17“ Air pressure, driver only 2,0 bar (29 psi) 2,1 bar (30 psi) Air pressure, driver plus passenger 2,2 bar (32 psi) 2,3 bar (33 psi) Fuel tank capacity 11,0 liter (3 US Gallons), 2,5 liter (0,6 US gallons) reserve Final drive ratio 14:40 t 14:38 t Chain O-ring 5/8 x 1/4 " Battery maintenance free 12V 3Ah Lamps head light H4 12V 60/55W (socket P43t) parking light 12V 5W (socket W2,1x9,5d) cockpit light 12V 2W (socket W2x4,6d) stop and tail light 12V 21/5W (socket BaY15d) flasher 12V 10W (socket Ba15s) Steering head angle 63° Wheel base 1461 ± 10 mm (57,5 ± 0,4 in) Seat height, unloaded 865 mm (34,0 in) Ground clearance, unloaded 290 mm (11,4 in) 830 mm (32,7 in) 255 mm (10,0 in) Dead-weight * 104 kg (230 lbs) Max. permissible front axle load 145 kg (320 Ibs) Max. permissible rear axle load 190 kg (419 Ibs) Max. permissible laden weight 335 kg (740 Ibs) * Dead-weight without fuel STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK WP 0618T777A TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS M 16x1,5 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Brake caliper front M8 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 4,2 N/mm Clamping bolts upper fork bridge M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) 10 mm (0.4 in) Clamping bolts lower fork bridge M8 15 Nm (11 ft.lb) Air chamber length 140 mm (5.5 in) Clamping bolts fork stubs Capacity per fork leg approx. 500 ccm Collar nut rear wheel spindle M 20x1.5 80 Nm (59 ft.lb) SAE 5 Hexagon nut swing arm bolt M 14x1.5 100 Nm (74 ft.lb) Collar bolt handlebar clamp M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Allen head bolt handlebar support M 10 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Shock absorber top M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Shock absorber bottom M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Screw adjusting ring spring preload M6 Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 Compression adjuster 10 Rebound adjuster 9 Spring Spring preload Fork oil STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER WP 1218T715 Compression adjuster 3 Rebound adjuster 14 Spring Spring preload PDS1–250 5 mm (0.2 in) Collar nut front wheel spindle +Loctite 243 M8 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) +Loctite 243 8 Nm (6 ft.lb) 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 45 Nm (33 ft.lb) Gear lubrication Available chain sprockets Coolant Ignition system Generator output Ignition system USA Generator output Carburetor Air-filter Engine Design Piston displacement Bore / stroke Fuel Oil / gasolin ratio Crankshaft bearing Connecting rod bearing Piston pin bearing Piston Piston ring edge pistonDimension "X" (upper upper edge cylinder Ignition timing Spark plug Electrode gap of the Dimension "Z" height control flap Primary drive Clutch Transmission Gear ratio 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 / 200 2000 Art No 3.206.005 -E KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator 13 : 32 15 : 30 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 22 : 24 13 : 32 15 : 30 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 22 : 23 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 13t / 14t / 15t for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) KOKUSAN 2K-3 – 12V / 110 W – KOKUSAN 2K-2 12V 40 W flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table wet foam type air filter insert 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 21 : 25 20 : 20 KOKUSAN 2K-3 12V 110 W 12 : 33 15 : 31 17 : 28 19 : 26 17 : 19 22 : 20 125 EXC 200 MXC 200 EXC Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 124.8 ccm 193 ccm 54.25 / 54 mm (2.136 / 2.126 in) 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) unleaded SUPER fuel, research octane no 95, mixed with high grade two stroke oil 1:40-1:60 when using high grade two stroke oil (Shell Advance Racing X). When in doupt, please contact your importer 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing needle bearing needle bearing forged piston cast piston one plain compression ring two plain compression rings 0.60 mm (0.024 in) 0.55 mm (0.22 in) 1.4 mm (0.055 in) (16.5°) BTDC 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC NGK BR9 EVX NGK BR 8 EG 0.60 mm (0,024 in) 42 mm (1.65 in) 46 mm (1.81 in) straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 6 speed, claw actuated 125 SX Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-8C 9-9C TIGHTENING TORQUES - ENGINE Flange bolts - cylinder-head Nuts-cylinder base Flywheel collar nut Nut for primary sprocket (LH thread) Nut for inner clutch hub Crankcase and clutch cover bolts Spark plug Other bolts M7 M8 M 12x1 M 16x1.5 M 18x1.5 M6 M 14x1.25 M6 M8 M 10 18 Nm 30 Nm 60 Nm 180 Nm 120 Nm 8 Nm 20 Nm 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm (13 ft.lb) (22 ft.lb) (44 ft.lb) (133 ft.lb) (88 ft.lb) (6 ft.lb) (14 ft.lb) (7 ft.lb) (19 ft.lb) (33 ft.lb) TOLERANCES AND FITTING CLEARANCES Piston fitting clearance Piston ring end cap Connecting rod bearing - radial clearance Transmission shafts end float Clutch springs - length 125 = 0.06 mm 200 = 0.085 mm max. 0.40 mm 0.025– 0.035 mm 0.20– 0.40 mm new = 39 mm, minimum length = 38 mm GASKET THICKNESSES Crankcase Clutch cover Clutch driving cylinder Cylinder bottom gasket Available bottom gasket Cylinder-head gasket 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0.30 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm as required 0.07 / 0.15 / 0.20 / 0.25 / 0.40 / 0.5 0 / 0.75 mm 1.10 mm + O-ring BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING Carburetor Carburetor setting number Main jet Idling jet Starting jet Jetneedle Needle position from top Throttle valve Air adjustment screw top Performance restrictor 125 SX 125/200 MXC, EXC 125 EXC throttled 200 EXC throttled Keihin PWK 39 100499 190 (188/192) 48 (45/50) 85 R 1467 D (R 1468 D) III 55 1,5 – Keihin PWK 38 AG 120499 180 (185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ H (NOZ I) III 6 1,5 – Keihin PWK 39 030799 142 35 85 R 1472 N V 6 1,5 – Keihin PWK 38 AG 040799 180 35 85 R 1475 J IV 6 1,5 slide stop 36mm 9-10C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 125 SX 125 SX / EXC, 200 MXC / EXC 2000 125 EXC Frame 200 MXC Fork White Power – Up Side Down 43 MA Wheel travel front/rear 295/320 mm (11,3/12,6 in) Rear suspension WP Progressive Damping System shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 260 mm (10.2 in), brake caliper floated Rear brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Brake discs Wear limit max. 0,4 mm (0,016 in) Front tires 80/100 - 21“51M 90/90 - 21“ 54R – 90/90 - 21“ 54R Front tires USA 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Rear tires 100/90 - 19“ 57M 120/90 - 18“ 65R – 120/90 - 18“ 65R Rear tires USA 100/90 - 19“ 57M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Fuel tank capacity 7,5 liter (2 US Gallons) 9,5 liter (2,5 US Gallons) 12 liter (3,2 US Gallons) 9,5/12 liter (2,5/3,2 US Gallons) Final drive ratio 13:50t 14:38t – 14:45t / 14:48t Final drive ratio USA 13:50t 13:50t 14:48t 14:48t Chain 5/8 x 1/4 " Available final sprockets 38t, 40t, 42t, 45t, 48t, 50t, 52t Steering head angle 63° Art No 3.206.005 -E Wheel base 1461 ± 10 mm (57,3 ± 0,4 in) Seat height, unloaded 925 mm (36,5 in) Ground clearance, unloaded 385 mm (15,2 in) Dead-weight * 92 kg (203 lbs) 100 kg (221 lbs) – 101 kg (223 lbs) Dead-weight USA * 92 kg (203 lbs) 96 kg (212 lbs) 96 kg (212 lbs) 97 kg (214 lbs) * Dead-weight without fuel STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK Compression adjuster Rebound adjuster Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 200 EXC Central chrome-moly-steel frame WP 0518U783 WP 0518U784 16 14 TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS Collar nut front wheel spindle M 16x1,5 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Brake caliper front M8 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) + Loctite 243 12 12 3,8 N/mm 3,8 N/mm Clamping bolts upper fork bridge M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Spring preload 6 mm (0.24in) 6,5 mm (0.26in) Clamping bolts lower fork bridge M8 15 Nm (11 ft.lb) Air chamber length 140 mm (5.5in) 150 mm (5.9in) Clamping bolts fork stubs M8 Capacity per fork leg approx. 840 ccm approx. 830 ccm Collar nut rear wheel spindle M 20x1.5 80 Nm (59 ft.lb) SAE 5 SAE 5 Hexagon nut swing arm bolt M 14x1.5 100 Nm (74 ft.lb) Spring Fork oil STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER WP 1218U717 WP 1218U719 Compression adjuster 4 5 Rebound adjuster 20 20 PDS2–250 PDS1-250 5 mm (0.2 in) 5 mm (0.2 in) Spring Spring preload 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) Collar bolt handlebar clamp M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Allen head bolt handlebar support M 10 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Shock absorber top M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Shock absorber bottom M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Screw adjusting ring spring preload M6 Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 8 Nm (6 ft.lb) 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 45 Nm (33 ft.lb) Lubrication Engine oil Oil tank Engine Design Piston displacement Bore / stroke Fuel Oil / gasolin ratio Crankshaft bearing Connecting rod bearing Piston pin bearing Piston Piston ring edge pistonDimension "X" (upper upper edge cylinder Ignition timing Spark plug Electrode gap of the Dimension "Z" height control flap Primary drive Clutch Transmission Gear ratio 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear Gear lubrication Available chain sprockets Coolant Ignition system Generator output Ignition system USA Generator output Carburetor Air-filter KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator 12 : 33 „1G33“ 13 : 32 „1S32“ 12 : 33 „1G33“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5G17“ 17 : 19 „5G19“ „6G20“ 20 : 20 „6G20“ „6S22“ 22 : 23 „6S23“ „6G22“ 22 : 20 „6G20“ 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) 13t / 14t / 15t for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) KOKUSAN 2K-3 – KOKUSAN 2K-3 12V / 110 W – 12V 110 W KOKUSAN 2K-2 12V 40 W flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table wet foam type air filter insert 200 EXC Separate lubrication Separate lubrication Shell Advance Ultra 2 or 2-stroke engine oil for a mixture ratio 1:50 and for separate lubrication 1,3 liter (0,34 US Gallons) 13 : 32 „1S32“ „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „6S22“ 22 : 24 „6S24“ 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 125 EXC 200 MXC 200 EXC Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 124.8 ccm 193 ccm 54 / 54,5 mm (2.126 / 2.145 in) 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) unleaded SUPER fuel, research octane no 95, mixed with high grade two stroke oil 1:40-1:60 when using high grade two stroke oil (Shell Advance Racing X). When in doupt, please contact your importer 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing needle bearing needle bearing cast piston one plain compression ring two plain compression rings 0.0 mm (0.0 in) 0.55 mm (0.22 in) 1.4 mm (0.055 in) (16.5°) BTDC 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC NGK BR9 EVX NGK BR 8 EG 0.60 mm (0,024 in) 42,5 mm (1.67 in) 46 ,5 mm (1.83 in) straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 6 speed, claw actuated 125 SX TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 / 200 2001 9-11C 9-12C TIGHTENING TORQUES - ENGINE Flange bolts - cylinder-head Nuts-cylinder base Flywheel collar nut Nut for primary sprocket (LH thread) Nut for inner clutch hub Crankcase and clutch cover bolts Spark plug Other bolts M7 M8 M 12x1 M 16x1.5 M 18x1.5 M6 M 14x1.25 M6 M8 M 10 18 Nm 30 Nm 60 Nm 180 Nm 120 Nm 8 Nm 20 Nm 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm (13 ft.lb) (22 ft.lb) (44 ft.lb) (133 ft.lb) (88 ft.lb) (6 ft.lb) (14 ft.lb) (7 ft.lb) (19 ft.lb) (33 ft.lb) TOLERANCES AND FITTING CLEARANCES Art No 3.206.005 -E Piston fitting clearance Piston ring end cap Connecting rod bearing - radial clearance Transmission shafts end float Clutch springs - length 125 = 0.06 mm 200 = 0.085 mm max. 0.40 mm 0.025– 0.035 mm 0.20– 0.40 mm new = 39 mm, minimum length = 38 mm GASKET THICKNESSES Crankcase Clutch cover Clutch driving cylinder Cylinder bottom gasket Available bottom gasket Cylinder-head gasket 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0.30 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm as required 0.07 / 0.15 / 0.20 / 0.25 / 0.40 / 0.5 0 / 0.75 mm 1.10 mm + O-ring Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING Carburetor Carburetor setting number Main jet Idling jet Starting jet Jetneedle Needle position from top Throttle valve Air adjustment screw open Performance restrictor 125 SX 125 EXC USA 200 MXC/EXC USA 200 EXC AUS 200 EXC SGP Keihin PWK 39 250200 185 (182/188) 48 (45/50) 85 R 1469 D (R 1470 D) III 55 1,5 – Keihin PWK 38 AG 270200 180 (185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ G (NOZ H) III 6.5 1,5 – Keihin PWK 38 AG 280200 180 (185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ G (NOZ H) III 6.5 1,5 slide stop 36mm 125 EXC EU 200 EXC EU Keihin PWK 38 AG Keihin PWK 38 AG 260200 290200 148 (180/185) 180 (185) 35 (45/48) 35 (45/48) 85 85 R 1472 N (NOZ G/NOZ H) R 1475 J (NOZ G/NOZ H) IV III 6.5 6.5 1,5 1,5 – slide stop 36mm 9-13C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 125 SX 125 SX / EXC, 200 MXC / EXC 2001 125 EXC Frame 200 MXC 200 EXC Central chrome-moly-steel frame Fork White Power – Up Side Down 43 MA Wheel travel front/rear 295/320 mm (11,3/12,6 in) Rear suspension WP Progressive Damping System shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 260 mm (10.2 in), brake caliper floated Rear brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Brake discs Wear limit max. 0,4 mm (0,016 in) Front tires 80/100 - 21“51M 90/90 - 21“ 54R – 90/90 - 21“ 54R Front tires USA 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Rear tires 100/90 - 19“ 57M 120/90 - 18“ 65R – 120/90 - 18“ 65R Rear tires USA 100/90 - 19“ 57M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Fuel tank capacity 7,5 liter (2 US Gal) 8,5 liter (2,2 US Gal) 11 liter (2,9 US Gal) 8,5/11 liter (2,2/2,9 US Gal) Final drive ratio 13:50t 14:38t – 14:42t / 14:48t Final drive ratio USA 13:50t 13:50t 14:48t 14:48t Chain 5/8 x 1/4 " Available final sprockets 38t, 40t, 42t, 45t, 48t, 50t, 52t Steering head angle 63° Wheel base 1461 ± 10 mm (57,3 ± 0,4 in) Seat height, unloaded 925 mm (36,5 in) Ground clearance, unloaded Dead-weight * 385 mm (15,2 in) 92 kg (203 lbs) 100 kg (221 lbs) – 101 kg (223 lbs) * Dead-weight without fuel STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK M 16x1,5 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Brake caliper front M8 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 3,8 N/mm Clamping bolts upper fork bridge M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) 5 mm (0.2 in) 5 mm (0.2 in) Clamping bolts lower fork bridge M8 15 Nm (11 ft.lb) 130 mm (5.1 in) 150 mm (5.9 in) SAE 5 SAE 5 WP 0518V701 WP 0518V702 Compression adjuster 16 16 Rebound adjuster 16 12 3,8 N/mm Spring Spring preload Air chamber length Fork oil STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER WP 1218V728 WP 1218V729 Compression adjuster 5 5 Rebound adjuster 25 23 PDS2–250 PDS1-250 5 mm (0.2 in) 6 mm (0.2 in) Spring Spring preload TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS Collar nut front wheel spindle + Loctite 243 Clamping bolts fork stubs M8 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) Collar nut rear wheel spindle M 20x1.5 80 Nm (59 ft.lb) Hexagon nut swing arm bolt M 14x1.5 100 Nm (74 ft.lb) Collar bolt handlebar clamp M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Allen head bolt handlebar support M 10 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Shock absorber top M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Shock absorber bottom M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Screw adjusting ring spring preload M6 Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 + Loctite 243 8 Nm (6 ft.lb) 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 45 Nm (33 ft.lb) Lubrication Engine oil Oil tank Engine Design Piston displacement Bore / stroke Fuel Oil / gasolin ratio Crankshaft bearing Connecting rod bearing Piston pin bearing Piston Piston ring edge pistonDimension "X" (upper upper edge cylinder Ignition timing Spark plug Electrode gap of the Dimension "Z" height control flap Primary drive Clutch Transmission Gear ratio 1st gear 2nd gear 3rd gear 4th gear 5th gear 6th gear Gear lubrication Available chain sprockets Coolant Ignition system Generator output Ignition system USA Generator output Carburetor Air-filter TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 / 200 2002 Art No 3.206.005 -E KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator KOKUSAN 2K-1 no generator 12 : 33 „1G33“ 13 : 32 „1S32“ 12 : 33 „1G33“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5G17“ 21 : 25 „5G19“ „6G20“ 20 : 20 „6G20“ „6S22“ 20 : 23 „6S23“ „6G22“ 20 : 20 „6G20“ 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) 13t / 14t / 15t for chain 5/8 x 1/4" 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) KOKUSAN 2K-3 – KOKUSAN 2K-3 12V / 110 W – 12V 110 W KOKUSAN 2K-2 12V 40 W flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table wet foam type air filter insert 200 EXC SEPARATE LUBRICATION Separate lubrication Shell Advance Ultra 2 or 2-stroke engine oil for a mixture ratio 1:50 and for separate lubrication 1,3 liter (0,34 US Gallons) 13 : 32 „1S32“ „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „6S22“ 22 : 24 „6S24“ 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 125 EXC 200 MXC 200 EXC Liquid-cooled single-cylinder two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control 124.8 ccm 193 ccm 54 / 54,5 mm (2.126 / 2.145 in) 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) unleaded SUPER fuel, research octane no 95, mixed with high grade two stroke oil 1:40-1:60 when using high grade two stroke oil (Shell Advance Racing X). When in doupt, please contact your importer 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing needle bearing needle bearing cast piston one plain compression ring two plain compression rings 0.0 mm (0.0 in) 0.50 - 0.55 mm (0.22 in) 1.4 mm (0.055 in) (16.5°) BTDC 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC NGK BR9 EVX NGK BR 8 EG 0.60 mm (0,024 in) 43 mm (1.67 in) 46 ,5 mm (1.83 in) straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulic operated (Shell HF-E15) 6 speed, claw actuated 125 SX Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-14C 9-15C TIGHTENING TORQUES - ENGINE Flange bolts - cylinder-head Nuts-cylinder base Flywheel collar nut Nut for primary sprocket (LH thread) Nut for inner clutch hub Crankcase and clutch cover bolts Spark plug Other bolts M7 M8 M 12x1 M 16x1.5 M 18x1.5 M6 M 14x1.25 M6 M8 M 10 18 Nm 30 Nm 60 Nm 180 Nm 120 Nm 8 Nm 20 Nm 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm (13 ft.lb) (22 ft.lb) (44 ft.lb) (133 ft.lb) (88 ft.lb) (6 ft.lb) (14 ft.lb) (7 ft.lb) (19 ft.lb) (33 ft.lb) TOLERANCES AND FITTING CLEARANCES Piston fitting clearance Piston ring end cap Connecting rod bearing - radial clearance Transmission shafts end float Clutch springs - length 125 = 0.06 mm 200 = 0.055 mm max. 0.40 mm 0.025– 0.035 mm 0.20– 0.40 mm new = 39 mm, minimum length = 38 mm GASKET THICKNESSES Crankcase Clutch cover Clutch driving cylinder Cylinder bottom gasket Available bottom gasket Cylinder-head gasket 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0.30 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm as required 0.07 / 0.15 / 0.20 / 0.25 / 0.40 / 0.5 0 / 0.75 mm 125 =shapedring + O-ring 200=1.10 mm + O-ring BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING Carburetor Carburetor setting number Main jet Idling jet Starting jet Jetneedle Needle position from top Throttle valve Air adjustment screw open Performance restrictor 125 SX 200 MXC/EXC USA Keihin PWK 39 020201 185 (182/188/190) 48 (45/50) 85 R 1469 D (R 1470 D) III 5.5 (6) 1,5 – Keihin PWK 38 AG 010201 178 (180/185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ F (NOZ G) III 6.5 1,5 – 200 EXC AUS 200 EXC SGP 200 EXC EU 125 EXC EU 125 EXC AUS Keihin PWK 38 AG Keihin PWK 38 AG 041200 051200 148 (180/185) 180 (178) 35 (45/48) 35 (45/48) 85 85 R 1475J (NOZ G/NOZ F) R 1472 N (NOZ G/NOZ F) V III 6.5 6.5 1,5 1,5 – slide stop 36mm 9-16C TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 125 SX 125 SX / EXC, 200 MXC / EXC 2002 125 EXC Frame 200 MXC Fork WP – USD 48 MA White Power – Up Side Down 43 MA Wheel travel front/rear 295/320 mm (11,3/12,6 in) Rear suspension WP PDS 5018 (Progressive Damping System) shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 260 mm (10.2 in), brake caliper floated Rear brake Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Brake discs Wear limit max. 0,4 mm (0,016 in) Front tires 80/100 - 21“51M 90/90 - 21“ 54R – 90/90 - 21“ 54R Front tires USA 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) – 1,5 bar (21psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Rear tires 100/90 - 19“ 57M 120/90 - 18“ 65R – 120/90 - 18“ 65R Rear tires USA 100/90 - 19“ 57M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 100/100 - 18“ 59M 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) 1,0 bar (14psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) – 2,0 bar (28psi) Air pressure offroad Air pressure road driver only Fuel tank capacity 7,5 liter (2 US Gal) 8,5 liter (2,2 US Gal) 11 liter (2,9 US Gal) 8,5/11 liter (2,2/2,9 US Gal) Final drive ratio 13:50t 14:38t – 14:45t / 14:48t Final drive ratio USA 13:50t 13:50t 14:48t 14:48t Chain 5/8 x 1/4 " Available final sprockets 38t, 40t, 42t, 45t, 48t, 50t, 52t Bulps Art No 3.206.005 -E 200 EXC Central chrome-moly-steel frame headlight HS1 12V 35/35W parking light 12V 5W (Sockel W2, 1x9,5d) instrument light 12V 1,2W (Sockel W2, 1x4,6d) brake- rear light 12V 21/5W (Sockel BaY15d) flasher light 12V 10W (Sockel Ba15s) license plate illmination 12V 1,2W (Sockel 1x4,6d) Steering head angle 63° Wheel base 1461 ± 10 mm (57,3 ± 0,4 in) Seat height, unloaded 925 mm (36,5 in) Ground clearance, unloaded 385 mm (15,2 in) Dead-weight * 92 kg (203 lbs) 100 kg (221 lbs) – 101 kg (223 lbs) Dead-weight USA * 92 kg (203 lbs) 96 kg (212 lbs) 96 kg (212 lbs) 97 kg (214 lbs) * Dead-weight without fuel Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK Compression adjuster Rebound adjuster Spring Spring preload Air chamber length Fork oil WP 4860 MXMA WP 4357 MXMA 1418W708 0518W710 20 20 Spring preload 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) M8 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) 15 Nm (11 ft.lb) + Loctite 243 16 12 3,8 N/mm Clamping bolts lower fork bridge M8 5 mm (0.2in) 5 mm (0.2in) Clamping bolts fork stubs M8 100 mm (5.1in) 140 mm (5.9in) Collar nut rear wheel spindle M 20x1.5 80 Nm (59 ft.lb) SAE 5 SAE 5 Hexagon nut swing arm bolt M 14x1.5 100 Nm (74 ft.lb) 1218W734 1218W735 15 LS (low speed) 15 25 25 PDS6–260 PDS5-260 4 mm (0.2 in) 5 mm (0.2 in) 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) Collar bolt handlebar clamp M8 20 Nm (15 ft.lb) Allen head bolt handlebar support M 10 40 Nm (30 ft.lb) Shock absorber top M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Shock absorber bottom M 12 60 Nm (44 ft.lb) Screw adjusting ring spring preload M6 Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 + Loctite 243 WP 5018 PDS-MCC 2 HS (high speed) Spring M 16/20x1,5 Brake caliper front 4,0 N/mm WP 5018 PDS-DCC Rebound adjuster Collar nut front wheel spindle Clamping bolts upper fork bridge STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER Compression adjuster TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS 8 Nm (6 ft.lb) 10 Nm (7 ft.lb) 25 Nm (19 ft.lb) 45 Nm (33 ft.lb) 2003 Engine 125 SX 125 EXC 200 SX 200 MXC 200 EXC Design Liquid-cooled, single-cylinder, two-stroke engine with intake and exhaust control Piston displacement 124.8 ccm 193 ccm Bore / stroke 54 / 54.5 mm (2.126 / 2.145 in) 64 / 60 mm (2.52 / 2.362 in) Fuel unleaded SUPER fuel, research octane no 95, mixed with high grade, two- stroke oil Oil / gasoline ratio 1:40-1:60 when using high grade, two- stroke oil (Shell Advance Racing X). When in doupt, please contact your importer Crankshaft bearing 1 deep-groove ball bearing / 1 cylinder roller bearing Connecting rod bearing needle bearing Piston pin bearing needle bearing Piston cast piston Piston ring one plain compression ring two plain compression rings one plain compression ring two plain compression rings (upper edge pistonDimension “X“ upper edge cylinder) 0,0 mm Ignition timing 1.4 mm (0.055 in) (16.5°) BTDC 1.6 mm (0.063 in) (17°) BTDC Spark plug NGK BR9 EVX NGK BR 8 EG Electrode gap 0,60 mm of the conDimension “Z“ (height 43 mm (1.67 in) 46 mm (1,81 in) 46,5 mm (1.85 in) trol flap) Primary drive straight cut spur gears, primary ratio 23:73 Clutch multiple disc clutch in oil bath, hydraulically operated (Shell HF-E15) Transmission 5 speed, claw actuated 6 speed, claw actuated Gear ratio 1st gear 13 : 32 „1S32“ 12 : 33 „1G33“ 13 : 32 „1S32“ 13 : 33 „1G33“ 2nd gear „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ „2S15“ 15 : 30 „2S30“ „2S15“ 15 : 31 „2G31“ 3rd gear „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ „3S17“ 17 : 28 „3S28“ 4th gear „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ „4S19“ 19 : 26 „4S26“ 5th gear „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5S21“ 21 : 25 „5S25“ „5G17“ 21 : 25 „5G19“ 6th gear „6G20“ 20 : 20 „6G20“ „6S22“ 20 : 23 „6S23“ „6G22“ 20 : 20 „6G20“ Gear lubrication 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) 0.7 l engine oil 20W-40 (Shell Advance VSX4) 0.7 l gear oil 80W (Shell Gear EP 80) Available chain sprockets 13Z / 14Z / 15Z for chain 5/8 x 1/4" Coolant 1.2 litres, 40% anti freeze, 60% water, at least -25 °C (-13 °F) Ignition system KOKUSAN 2K-1 KOKUSAN 2K-3 KOKUSAN 2K-1 – KOKUSAN 2K-3 Generator output no genaerator 12V / 110 W no genaerator – 12V 110 W Ignition system USA KOKUSAN 2K-1 KOKUSAN 2K-2 KOKUSAN 2K-1 KOKUSAN 2K-2 Generator output no genaerator 12V 40 W no genaerator 12V 40 W Carburetor flat-slide carburetor, carburetor setting see table Air-filter wet foam type air filter insert TECHNICAL DATA - ENGINE 125 / 200 9-17C 9-18C TIGHTENING TORQUES - ENGINE Flange bolts - cylinder-head Nuts-cylinder base Flywheel collar nut Nut for primary sprocket (LH thread) Nut for inner clutch hub Crankcase and clutch cover bolts Spark plug M7 M8 M 12x1 M 16x1.5 M 18x1.5 M6 M 14x1.25 18 Nm 30 Nm 60 Nm 180 Nm 120 Nm 8 Nm 20 Nm Swingarm pivot Other bolts M 14x1.5 M6 M8 M 10 100 Nm 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING 200 EXC AUS 200 EXC EU Art No 3.206.005 -E Carburetor Keihin PWK 38 AG Carburetor setting number 100202 Main jet 180 (178) Idling jet 35 (45/48) Starting jet 85 Jet needle R 1475J (NOZ E/NOZ F) Needle position from top III Throttle valve 6.5 Air adjustment screw open 1,5 Performance restrictor slide stop 36mm 200 MXC/EXC USA 200 SX Keihin PWK 38 AG 080202 178(180/185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ E (NOZ F) III 6.5 1,5 – Keihin PWK 39 090202 190 (188,192) 48 (45) 85 R 1468G (R1469G) III 5.5 1,5 – 125 EXC SIX DAYS 125 SX Keihin PWK 38 AG 160202 180(185) 45 (48) 85 NOZ E (NOZ F) IIII 6.5 1,5 – Keihin PWK 39 060202 185 (188/190) 48 (45) 85 R 1469 D (R 1470 D) III 5.5 (6) 1,5 – BASIC CARBURETOR SETTING 125 EXC EU 125 EXC AUS Carburetor Keihin PWK 38 AG Carburetor setting number 070202 Main jet 148 (180/185) Idling jet 35 (45/48) Starting jet 85 Jet needle R 1472 N (NOZ E/NOZ F) Needle position from top V Throttle valve 6.5 Air adjustment screw open 1,5 Performance restrictor – Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 TOLERANCES AND FITTING CLEARANCES Piston fitting clearance Piston ring end cap Connecting rod bearing - radial clearance Piston pin – radial clearance Transmission shafts end float Clutch springs - length Clutch discs Crank stud - run out Crankshaft webs outer dimension 125 = 0.06 mm 200 = 0.055 mm max. 0.40 mm 0.025– 0.035 mm 0,030 mm 0.20– 0.40 mm new = 39 mm, minimum length = 38 mm min. 2,9 mm (new 3,1 mm) 0,02 mm 55 mm GASKET THICKNESSES Crankcase Clutch cover Clutch driving cylinder Cylinder bottom gasket Available bottom gasket 0,5 mm 0,5 mm 0.30 / 0.50 / 0.75 mm as required 0.07 / 0.15 / 0.20 / 0.25 / 0.40 / 0.5 0 / 0.75 mm Front tires USA HS1 12V 35/35W 12V 5W (base W2, 1x9,5d) 12V 1,2W (base W2, 1x4,6d) 12V 21/5W (base BaY15d) 12V 10W (base Ba15s) 12V 1,2W (base 1x4,6d) instrument light brake- rear light flasher light license plate illumination 925 mm (36,5 in) 385 mm (15,2 in) Ground clearance, unloaded 1461 ± 10 mm (57,3 ± 0,4 in) 63° 1.0 bar (14psi) – 100/100 - 18“ 59M – – 1.0 bar (14psi) 80/100 - 21“51M – 14:48t 11 liters (2.9 US Gallons) parking light 38t, 40t, 42t, 45t, 48t, 50t, 52t 5/8 x 1/4 " 14:48t 14:48t 7.5 liters (2 US Gallons) headlight 14:38t 13:50t 9 liters (2.3 US Gallons) 13:50t 13:50t 7.5 liters (2 US Gallons) 1.0 bar (14psi) – 100/90 - 19“ 57M – 100/90 - 19“ 57M 1.0 bar (14psi) Seat height, unloaded Wheel base Steering head angle Bulbs Available final sprockets Chain Final drive ratio Final drive ratio USA Air pressure road driver only Fuel tank capacity 1.0 bar (14psi) 2.0 bar (28psi) 100/100 - 18“ 59M 1.5 bar (21psi) 120/90 - 18“ 65R 1.0 bar (14psi) 80/100 - 21“51M 1.0 bar (14psi) – 100/90 - 19“ 57M Rear tires USA Air pressure offroad – 100/90 - 19“ 57M Air pressure road driver only Rear tires 1.0 bar (14psi) 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M 80/100 - 21“51M Front tires Air pressure offroad Wear limit max. 0.4 mm (0.016 in) – Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 220 mm (8.7 in), brake caliper floated Brake discs 80/100 - 21“51M Disc brake with carbon-steel brake disc Ø 260 mm (10.2 in), brake caliper floated Rear brake 90/90 - 21“ 54R WP PDS 5018 (Progressive Damping System) shock absorber, aluminium swingarm Front brake 200 MXC Rear suspension 300/335 mm (11.8/13.2 in) White Power – Upside down 48 MA Wheel travel front/rear Fork 200 SX 200 EXC 14:45t / 14:48t 14:48t 9/11 liter (2.3/2.9 US gallons) 1.0 bar (14psi) 2.0 bar (28psi) 100/100 - 18“ 59M 1.5 bar (21psi) 120/90 - 18“ 65R 1.0 bar (14psi) 80/100 - 21“51M 90/90 - 21“ 54R 200 SX / MXC / EXC 2003 Central chrome-moly-steel frame 125 EXC 125 SX / EXC, Frame 125 SX TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS CHASSIS 9-19C 9-20C STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - FORK WP 4860 MXMA WP 4860 MXMA 1418X725 1418X735 Compression adjuster 20 22 Rebound adjuster 20 20 4.0 N/mm 3.8 N/mm Spring Spring preload Air chamber length 5 mm (0.2in) 5 mm (0.2in) 100 mm (5.1in) 110 mm (4,3in) SAE 5 SAE 5 Fork oil STANDARD ADJUSTMENT - SHOCK ABSORBER Compression adjuster WP 5018 PDS-DCC WP 5018 PDS-MCC 1218X756 1218X757 17 LS (low speed) 17 2 HS (high speed) Rebound adjuster 28 28 71-90/260 66-86/260 6 mm (0.2 in) 7 mm (0.2 in) Spring Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Spring preload TIGHTENING TORQUES - CHASSIS Collar bolt, front wheel spindle Brake caliper, front M 24x1,5 M8 40 Nm Loctite 243 + 25 Nm Brake disk, front M 6 10.9 Loctite 243 + 15 Nm Brake disk, rear M6 Loctite 243 + 15 Nm Clamping bolts, upper fork bridge M8 20 Nm Clamping bolts, lower fork bridge M8 15 Nm Clamping bolts, fork stubs M8 10 Nm Collar nut, rear wheel spindle M 20x1,5 80 Nm Hexagon nut, swing arm bolt M 14x1,5 100 Nm Hexagon collar bolt, handlebar clamp M8 20 Nm Allan head bolt, handlebar support M 10 Loctite 243 + 40 Nm Shock absorber, top M 12 60 Nm Shock absorber, bottom M 12 60 Nm Sprocket bolts M8 Loctite 243 + 35 Nm Ball joint for push rod M6 Loctite 243 + 10 Nm Engine mounting bolt M 10 45 Nm Engine brace M8 33 Nm Screw adjusting ring spring preload shock abs. M6 8 Nm M4,5 /M5 5 Nm Other bolts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 10 Nm 25 Nm 45 Nm Other collar nuts on chassis M6 M8 M 10 15 Nm 30 Nm 50 Nm Spoke nipple LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD TEMPERATURE 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 NOZF 5 185 3/4 55 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 50 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZI 3 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZI 2 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 2 3/4 38 NOZI 1 165 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C KEIHIN PWK 39 NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Super bleifrei (125:ROZ 98/200:ROZ95) NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Super unleaded (125:ROZ 98/200:ROZ95) 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C USA ‘99 Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 3/4 52 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 SX / MXC / EXC 3000 m 10000 ft ALTITUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-21C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 3/4 50 NOZD 4 200 1 50 NOZF 4 195 1 1/4 50 NOZF 4 192 1 1/2 48 NOZF 3 190 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 190 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 1/2 48 NOZF 3 190 1 3/4 48 NOZG 3 190 1 3/4 48 NOZH 3 188 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 185 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 185 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 190 1 3/4 48 NOZH 3 188 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 185 2 45 NOZH 2 182 2 45 NOZH 2 180 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 48 NOZH 2 188 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 185 2 45 NOZH 2 182 2 45 NOZH 2 180 2 1/4 45 NOZH 2 180 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C KEIHIN PWK 39 NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 98 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 98 1 1/2 48 NOZF 3 190 1 3/4 48 NOZG 3 190 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 185 2 45 NOZH 2 182 2 45 NOZH 2 180 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 1 50 NOZD 4 198 1 1/4 50 NOZF 4 192 1 1/2 48 NOZF 3 190 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 190 1 3/4 48 NOZH 3 188 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 SX / EXC EUROPA ‘99 TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-22C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1 48 NOZF 4 188 1 1/4 48 NOZG 4 185 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 1 3/4 40 NOZI 1 170 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 1 1/4 48 NOZG 4 185 1 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 200 MXC / EXC EUR. USA ‘99 KEIHIN PWK 39 TEMPERATURE 3000 m 10000 ft ALTITUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-23C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 R1467D 5 195 3/4 52 R1467D 4 192 1 50 R1467D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 50 R1467D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1469D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1469D 1 175 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1469D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1469D 1 175 2 3/4 38 R1469D 1 175 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1469D 3 178 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 3/4 52 R1467D 4 192 1 50 R1467D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 SX EUROPA / USA 2000 KEIHIN PWK 39 TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-24C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 NOZF 5 185 3/4 55 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 50 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZI 3 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZI 2 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 2 3/4 38 NOZI 1 165 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 3/4 52 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2000 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-25C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft LSCHR LD POS HD = = = = AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ Luftregulierschraube offen Leerlaufdüse Clip Position von oben Hauptdüse Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1 48 NOZF 4 188 1 1/4 48 NOZG 4 185 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS IJ POS MJ = = = = 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 1 3/4 40 NOZI 1 170 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 1 1/4 48 NOZG 4 185 1 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 200 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2000 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-26C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 5,5 Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 R1467D 5 195 3/4 52 R1467D 4 192 1 50 R1467D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS = IJ = POS = MJ = Slide = 1 50 R1468D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 2 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1469D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1470D 1 175 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1469D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1470D 1 175 2 3/4 38 R1470D 1 172 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 3 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 2 182 2 40 R1469D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 5,5 3/4 52 R1467D 4 192 1 50 R1467D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1468D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1468D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1469D 3 182 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 SX EUROPA / USA 2001 KEIHIN PWK 39 TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-27C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 6,5 Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 NOZF 5 185 3/4 55 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS = IJ = POS = MJ = Slide = 1 50 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZI 2 172 2 42 NOZH 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZI 2 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 2 1/2 38 NOZI 1 165 2 3/4 38 NOZI 1 165 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 50 NOZH 3 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 172 2 42 NOZI 2 170 2 1/4 40 NOZI 1 168 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 6,5 3/4 52 NOZG 4 182 1 52 NOZG 4 180 1 1/4 50 NOZG 4 178 1 1/2 48 NOZH 3 175 1 3/4 45 NOZH 3 172 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2001 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-28C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 6,5 Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1 48 NOZF 5 188 1 1/4 48 NOZF 4 185 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C AS = IJ = POS = MJ = Slide = 1 1/2 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 2 42 NOZI 1 170 1 3/4 40 NOZI 1 170 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 1 3/4 42 NOZI 2 175 2 42 NOZI 1 172 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C Air screw open from fully-seated Idling jet Clip position from top Main jet 6,5 1 1/4 48 NOZF 4 185 1 48 NOZF 4 182 1 1/4 45 NOZG 3 182 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 180 1 3/4 45 NOZH 2 178 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 200 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2001 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-29C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber = 5,5 Zerstäuber= 6 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 R1468D 5 195 3/4 52 R1468D 4 192 1 50 R1468D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 3 185 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 50 R1469D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 3 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 5,5 Atomizer = 6 mm 3/4 52 R1468D 4 192 1 50 R1468D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 3 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 3 182 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C 1 1/2 45 R1469D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1471D 1 175 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1471D 1 175 2 3/4 38 R1471D 1 172 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C KEIHIN PWK 39 NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 3 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C KTM 125 SX EUROPA / USA 2002 TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-30C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber = 6,5 Zerstäuber= 5 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 NOZE 5 190 3/4 52 NOZF 4 188 1 50 NOZF 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZF 4 182 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 50 NOZF 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZG 3 178 2 40 NOZG 2 175 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 6,5 Atomizer= 5 mm 3/4 52 NOZF 4 188 1 50 NOZF 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZF 4 182 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZG 3 178 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZG 2 178 2 40 NOZG 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZH 1 172 2 1/2 35 NOZH 1 170 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 NOZH 2 178 2 40 NOZH 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZH 1 172 2 1/2 35 NOZH 1 170 2 3/4 32 NOZI 1 168 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 NOZG 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZG 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZG 2 178 2 40 NOZH 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZH 1 172 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C KTM 125 EXC EUR 2002 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-31C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber = 6,5 Zerstäuber= 5 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1 50 NOZD 5 188 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 185 1 1/2 48 NOZE 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZF 3 180 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 178 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 1/2 48 NOZE 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZF 3 180 1 1/2 45 NOZF 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZH 2 172 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 6,5 Atomizer= 5 mm 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 185 1 48 NOZE 4 182 1 1/4 45 NOZF 3 180 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C 1 1/2 45 NOZF 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZH 2 172 2 42 NOZH 1 170 2 42 NOZI 1 168 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZH 2 172 2 42 NOZH 1 170 2 42 NOZI 1 168 1 3/4 40 NOZI 1 165 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 45 NOZF 3 180 1 1/2 45 NOZF 3 178 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZH 2 172 2 42 NOZH 1 170 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C KTM 200 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2002 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 750 m 2500 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2300 m 7500 ft 2301 m 7501 ft 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-32C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 5,5 Zerstäuber= 6 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 R1468D 5 195 3/4 52 R1468D 4 192 1 50 R1468D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 2 185 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 50 R1469D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 3 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 R141469D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1471D 1 175 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 2 1/2 38 R1471D 1 175 2 3/4 38 R1471D 1 172 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 3 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 2 182 2 40 R1470D 2 180 2 1/4 38 R1470D 2 178 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 5,5 Atomizer = 6 mm 3/4 52 R1468D 4 192 1 50 R1468D 3 190 1 1/4 48 R1469D 3 188 1 1/2 45 R1469D 2 185 1 3/4 42 R1470D 3 182 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 SX EUROPA / USA 2003 KEIHIN PWK 39 TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-33C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 6,5 Zerstäuber= 5 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1/2 55 NOZC 5 190 3/4 52 NOZD 4 188 1 50 NOZD 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 182 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 180 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 50 NOZD 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZE 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZE 3 178 2 40 NOZE 2 175 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZE 2 178 2 40 NOZE 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZF 1 172 2 1/2 35 NOZF 1 170 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 42 NOZF 2 178 2 40 NOZF 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZF 1 172 2 1/2 35 NOZF 1 170 2 3/4 32 NOZG 1 168 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 48 NOZE 3 182 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZE 2 178 2 40 NOZF 2 175 2 1/4 38 NOZF 1 172 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 6,5 Atomizer= 5 mm 3/4 52 NOZD 4 188 1 50 NOZD 4 185 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 182 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 42 NOZE 3 178 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 125 EXC EUR 2003 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-34C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 2300 m 7500 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 750 m 2500 ft 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 5,5 Zerstäuber= 6 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2301 m 7501 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 5. 3. 1. 1/2 58 R1466G 5 200 3/4 55 R1467G 4 198 1 52 R1467G 3 195 1 1/4 50 R1468G 3 192 1 1/2 48 R1468G 2 190 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 52 R1468G 3 195 1 1/4 50 R1468G 3 192 1 1/2 48 R1468G 2 190 1 3/4 45 R1469G 3 188 2 42 R1469G 2 185 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 48 R1468G 2 190 1 3/4 45 R1469G 2 188 2 42 R1469G 2 185 2 1/4 40 R1469G 2 182 2 1/2 40 R1470G 1 180 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 R1469G 2 188 2 42 R1469G 2 185 2 1/4 4 1469G 2 182 2 1/2 38 R1470G 1 180 2 3/4 38 R1470G 1 178 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 50 R1468G 3 192 1 1/2 48 R1468G 3 190 1 3/4 45 R1469G 2 188 2 42 R1469G 2 185 2 1/4 40 R1469G 2 182 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 5,5 Atomizer= 6 mm 3/4 55 R1467G 4 198 1 52 R1467G 3 195 1 1/4 50 R1468G 3 192 1 1/2 48 R1468G 2 190 1 3/4 45 R1469G 3 188 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 200 SX EUROPA / USA 2003 KEIHIN PWK 39 AG TEMPERATUR 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING 9-35C LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD 300 m 1000 ft AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ AS IJ NEEDLE POS MJ LSCHR = Luftregulierschraube offen LD = Leerlaufdüse POS = Clip Position von oben HD = Hauptdüse Schieber= 6,5 Zerstäuber= 5 mm Meeresniveau Sea level 301 m 1001 ft LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD LSCHR LD NADEL POS HD Art No 3.206.005 -E 5. 3. 1. 1 50 NOZC 5 188 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 185 1 1/2 48 NOZD 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 45 NOZE 2 178 4. 2. -2°F to 20°F -20°C bis -7°C 1 1/2 48 NOZD 3 182 1 1/4 45 NOZE 3 180 1 1/2 45 NOZE 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 175 1 3/4 42 N0ZG 2 172 42°F to 60°F 6°C bis 15°C 1 1/2 45 NOZE 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZG 2 172 2 42 NOZG 1 170 2 42 NOZH 1 168 79°F to 98°F 25°C bis 38°C 1 3/4 45 NOZG 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZG 2 172 2 42 NOZG 1 170 2 42 NOZH 1 168 1 3/4 40 NOZH 1 165 99°F to 120°F 37°C bis 49°C NICHT FÜR STRASSENBETRIEB Kraftstoff: Euro-Super bleifrei ROZ 95 NOT FOR HIGHWAY USE Fuel: Euro-Super unleaded ROZ 95 1 1/4 45 NOZE 3 180 1 1/2 45 NOZE 3 178 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 175 1 3/4 42 NOZG 2 172 2 42 NOZG 1 170 61°F to 78°F 16°C bis 24°C AS = Air screw open from fully-seated IJ = Idling jet POS = Clip position from top MJ = Main jet Slide = 6,5 Atomizer= 5 mm 1 1/4 48 NOZD 4 185 1 48 NOZD 4 182 1 1/4 45 NOZE 3 180 1 3/4 45 NOZE 2 178 1 3/4 45 NOZF 2 175 19°F to 41°F -6°C bis 5°C KTM 200 MXC/EXC EUR/USA 2003 KEIHIN PWK 38 AG TEMPERATUR 750 m 2500 ft 751 m 2501 ft 1500 m 5000 ft 1501 m 5001 ft 2300 m 7500 ft 2301 m 7501 ft 3000 m 10000 ft ALTIDUDE MEERESHÖHE VERGASERREGULIERUNG CARBURETOR SETTING Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 9-36C 10-1C LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 10 INDEX Repair manual 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005-E LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 125 / 200 UP TO 2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2 125 / 200 SX, MXC, EXC 2001 / 2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5 125 / 200 SX, MXC, EXC 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7 10-2C Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E ● ● ● ● at least once a year after 4000 km (2500 miles) or once a year Check transmission oil level Change transmission oil Check spark plug and electrode gap Change spark plug Functional testing of the exhaust control system Check intake manifold for leaks and cracks Drain and clean carburetor float chamber Adjust idling Check breather hoses of engine case and gas tank for correct position without buckles Clean and check airfilter element, box and carburetor connection boot Check chain, sprockets, guides and chain wear Clean and lubricate chain Check chain tension Check coolant level Check quality of antifreeze Check cooling system for leaks - visual inspection Check exhaust system for cracks and leaks Replace glass fiber yarn of silencer Check of the exhaust suspension system Check brake fluid level front and rear Change brake fluid Check thickness of disc brake pads Check brake discs Inspect condition and installation of front and rear brake hoses Check free travel and free movability of hand brake lever and foot brake lever Check the oil level in the master cylinder of the hydraulic clutch Change the oil of the hydraulic clutch Check telescopic fork action Check telescopic fork for leaks Push up the protective bellows and remove the dirt; the drain holes must be free of obstructions (Marzocchi fork) Clean the dust scrabbers of the telescopic force (WP Extreme fork) Undo the bleeder screws at the fork legs Change oil of telescopic fork Service telescopic fork completely Check steering head bearing free play Clean and regrease steering head bearing Check setting and damping of shock absorber Service shock absorber completely Grease swingarm needle bearings (don’t grease the pivot bearing for the shock absorber) Check for even spoke tension and rim alignment Check wheel bearings Check tires for cuts and air pressure Check cables for damage and free movement Adjust and oil control cables Check electrical system Check battery holder and connections (CH, Singapore) Check adjustment of headlight Apply contact spray to light switches, flasher switches and ignition lock Check all bolts, nuts, bolts and clamps for proper tightness Clean and lubricate control lever pivot points after washing AT A REGULAR COMPETITION USE OF THE BIKE, THE 4000 KM (2500 MILES) SERVICE IS TO BE DONE AFTER EVERY RACE before each start 125-200 6.98 after 2000 km (1250 miles) or 20 hours KTM dealer 1st service after 1000 km (600 miles) or 10 hours KTM rider PERIODIC LUBRICATION AND MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10-3C PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 2001/02 WHEELS CHASSIS BRAKES ADD-ON-PARTS CARBURETOR ENGINE A washed motorcycle can be checked more quickly which saves money! Check gear box oil level Change gear box oil Check spark plugs, adjust distance between electrodes Renew spark plugs Check the carburettor connection boot for cracks and leaks Check idle speed setting Check that vent hoses are not damaged or bent Check cooling system for leaks, check quantity of anti freeze Check exhaust system for leaks and fitment Check cables for damage, smooth operation, bends; adjust and lubricate Check oil level of the clutch master cylinder Clean air filter and filter box Check electric wires for damage and bends Check headlamp setting Check function of electric systems (low-, high beam, brake light, indicator, indicator lamps, speedometer illumination, horn, emergency OFF switch or button Check brake fluid level, lining thickness, brake lining Check brake lines for damage and leaks Check/adjust smooth operation and free travel of handbrake/foot brake lever Check tightness of brake system bolts Check shock absorber and fork for leaks and function Clean dust bellows Bleed fork legs Check swing arm bearings Check/adjust steering head bearings Check tightness of all chassis bolts (triple clamps, fork leg axle passage axle nuts and bolts, swing arm bearings, shock absorber) Check spoke tension and rim join Check tyres and air pressure Check chain, rear sprockets and chain guides for wear, fitment and tension Lubricate chain Check clearance of wheel bearings IMPORTANT RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE WORK Check function of exhaust control Complete maintenance of shock absorber Complete maintenance of fork Clean and grease steering head bearings and gasket elements Clean and adjust carburetor Replace glass fibre yarn filling of the exhaust main silencer Treat electric contacts and switches with contact grease Change hydraulic clutch fluid Change brake fluid 125/200 SX/MXC/EXC 1. service after after after 10 hours 4000 kilometer 20 hours or or or 1000 kilometer 2000 kilometer once a year ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● THAT CAN BE CARRIED OUT BY EXTRA ORDER at least once a year ● ● every 2 years or 20000 km ● ● ● ● ● ● ● IF MOTORCYCLE IS USED FOR COMPETITION 4000KM SERVICE SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT AFTER EVERY RACE! SERVICE INTERVALLS SHOULD NEVER BE EXCEED BY MORE THAN 5 HOURS OR 500 KM! MAINTENANCE WORK DONE BY KTM AUTHORISED WORKSHOPS IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE OF CARE AND CHECKS DONE BY THE RIDER! 10-4C CARRIED OUT BY THE Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Check gear box oil level Check brake fluid level Check brake pads for wear Check lights for function Check horn for function Lubricate and adjust cables and nipples Bleed fork legs regulary Remove and clean dust bellows regulary Clean and lubricate chain, check tension and adjust if necessary Clean air filter and filter box Check tires for pressure and wear Check cooling liquid level Check fuel lines for leaks Empty and clean float chamber Check all control elements for smooth operation Check brake performance Treat blank metal parts (with the exception of brake and exhaust systems) with wax-based anti corrosion agent Treat ignition and steering locks and light switches with contact spray Check tightness of bolts, nuts and hose clamps regular RIDER Once a year TO BE For crosscountry use MAINTENANCE After every cleaning AND Before each start IMPORTANT CHECKS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10-5C 125 EXE 125 SUPERMOTO every 1. Service after 2. Service after 4000 km 1000 km or 4000 km once a year PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE WHEELS CHASSIS BRAKES ADD-ON-PARTS CARBURATOR ENGINE A washed motorcycle can be checked more quickly which saves money! Check oil level in oil tank and verify kink-less arrangement of bleeder hose Change transmission oil Check spark plug, set electrode gap, replace plug if necessary Check carburetor connection boots for cracks and leaks Check idle setting and emission values Check bleeder hoses for damage and kink-free arrangement Check cooling system for leaks, antifreeze protection Check exhaust system for leaks and suspension Check actuating cables for damage, smooth operation, and kink-less arrangement, and adjust and lubricate Check oil level in master cylinder of hydraulic clutch Clean air filter and air filter box Check cables for damage and kink-less arrangement Check headlamp adjustment Check electrical system for proper operation (low/high beams, stop light, turn indicators, tell-tale lamps, speedometer illumination, horn, battery holder, and connections) Check brake fluid level, lining thickness, and brake discs Check brake lines for damage and leaks Check/adjust smooth operation, free travel of handbrake/footbrake levers Check bolts of brake system for tight fit Check suspension strut and fork for leaks and proper function Clean dust sleeves Bleed fork legs Check swinging-fork pivot Check/adjust steering-head bearing Check all chassis bolts for tight fit (fork plates, fork leg, axle nuts/bolts, swinging-fork pivot, suspension strut) Check spoke tension and rim join Check tire condition and inflation pressure Check chain, chain wheels, chain wheel guides for wear, tight fit, and tension Lubricate chain Check wheel bearings for play ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● IMPORTANT RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES TO BE PERFORMED BASED ON A SEPARATE SUPPLEMENTARY ORDER Verify proper function of exhaust control Perform complete fork maintenance Perform complete suspension strut maintenance Clean and lubricate the steering-head bearing and sealing elements Clean and adjust the carburetor Replace the glass-fiber yarn packing of the main silencer Treat the electrical contacts and switches with contact spray Replace the oil of the hydraulic clutch Replace the brake fluid SERVICE INTERVALLS SHOULD NEVER MAINTENANCE WORK DONE BY KTM AUTHORISED WORKSHOPS at least once a year ● every 2 year or 20000 km ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● BE EXCEED BY MORE THAN 500 KM! IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE OF CARE AND CHECKS DONE BY THE RIDER! 10-6C CARRIED OUT BY THE Art No 3.206.005 -E Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Check oil level in oil tank and bleeder hose for its kink-less arrangement Check transmission oil level Check brake fluid level Check brake pads for wear Check lighting system for proper operation Check horn for proper operation Lubricate and adjust actuating cables and nipples Bleed fork legs in regular intervals Remove and clean dust sleeves in regular intervals Clean and lubricate chain, check tension and readjust it if necessary Clean air filter and filter box Check tire inflation pressure and wear Check coolant level Check fuel lines for leaks Drain and clean float chamber Verify smooth operation of all controls Check brake performance Treat exposed metal components (except for brake and exhaust systems) with wax-based anti-corrosion agents Treat ignition/steering lock and light switch with contact spray Check all bolts, nuts, and hose clamps for their tight fit in regular intervals RIDER Once a year TO BE For crosscountry use MAINTENANCE After every cleaning AND Before each start IMPORTANT CHECKS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10-7C PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 2003 WHEELS CHASSIS BRAKES ADD-ON-PARTS CARBURETOR ENGINE A clean motorcycle can be checked more quickly which saves money! Check gear box oil level Change gear box oil Check spark plugs, adjust distance between electrodes Renew spark plugs Check the carburetor connection boot for cracks and leaks Check idle speed setting Check that vent hoses are not damaged or bent Check cooling system for leaks, check quantity of antifreeze Check exhaust system for leaks and fitment Check cables for damage, smooth operation, bends; adjust and lubricate Check oil level of the clutch master cylinder Clean air filter and filter box Check electric wires for damage and bends Check headlamp setting Check function of electric systems (low beam, high beam, brake light, indicator, indicator lamps, speedometer illumination, horn, emergency OFF switch or button Check brake fluid level, lining thickness, brake lining Check brake lines for damage and leaks Check/adjust smooth operation and free travel of handbrake/foot brake lever Check tightness of brake system bolts Check shock absorber and fork for leaks and function Clean dust bellows Bleed fork legs Check swing arm bearings Check/adjust steering head bearings Check tightness of all chassis bolts (triple clamps, fork leg axle passage axle nuts and bolts, swing arm bearings, shock absorber) Check spoke tension and rim joint Check tires and air pressure Check chain, rear sprockets and chain guides for wear, fitment and tension Lubricate chain Check clearance of wheel bearings IMPORTANT RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE WORK Check function of exhaust control Complete maintenance of shock absorber Complete maintenance of fork Clean and grease steering head bearings and gasket elements Clean and adjust carburetor Replace glass fibre- yarn filling of the exhaust main silencer Treat electric contacts and switches with contact grease Change hydraulic clutch fluid Change brake fluid 125/200 SX/MXC/EXC 1st service after after after 10 hours 4000 kilometer 20 hours or or or 1000 kilometers 2000 kilometers once a year ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● THAT CAN BE CARRIED OUT BY EXTRA ORDER at least once a year ● ● every 2 years or 20000 km ● ● ● ● ● ● ● IF MOTORCYCLE IS USED FOR COMPETITION 4000KM SERVICE SHOULD BE CARRIED OUT AFTER EVERY RACE! SERVICE INTERVALS SHOULD NEVER BE EXCEEDED BY MORE THAN 5 HOURS OR 500 KM! MAINTENANCE WORK DONE BY KTM AUTHORISED WORKSHOPS IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CARE AND CHECKS DONE BY THE RIDER! 10-8C CARRIED OUT BY THE Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E Check gear box oil level Check brake fluid level Check brake pads for wear Check lights for function Check horn for function Lubricate and adjust cables and nipples Bleed fork legs regulary Remove and clean dust bellows regularly Clean and lubricate chain, check tension and adjust if necessary Clean air filter and filter box Check tires for pressure and wear Check cooling liquid level Check fuel lines for leaks Empty and clean float chamber Check all control elements for smooth operation Check brake performance Treat blank metal parts (with the exception of brake and exhaust systems) with wax-based anti corrosion agent Treat ignition and steering locks and light switches with contact spray Check tightness of bolts, nuts and hose clamps regularly RIDER Once a year TO BE For crosscountry use MAINTENANCE After every cleaning AND Before each start IMPORTANT CHECKS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10-9C RECOMMENDED INSPECTION OF THE 125/200 SX, MXC AND EXC ENGINE USED FOR ENDURO COMPETITIONS BY THE KTM WORKSHOP (ADDITIONAL ORDER FOR THE KTM WORKSHOP) Check the reed-type intake valve for wear Check the clutch shoes for wear Check the length of the clutch springs Check the cylinder and piston for wear Check the exhaust control for proper functioning and smooth running Check the eccentricity of the crankshaft journal Check the radial clearance of the conrod bearings Check the radial clearance of the piston pin main bearing Check the crankshaft main bearing for wear Replace the crankshaft bearings and conrod bearings Check the entire transmission including roller and bearings for wear 30 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 45 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● 60 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 90 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● 120 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 135 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● RECOMMENDED INSPECTION OF THE 125/200 SX, MXC AND EXC ENGINE USED FOR HOBBY- ENDURO BY THE KTM WORKSHOP (ADDITIONAL ORDER FOR THE KTM WORKSHOP) Check the reed-type intake valve for wear Check the clutch shoes for wear Check the length of the clutch springs Check the cylinder and piston for wear Check the exhaust control for proper functioning and smooth running Check the eccentricity of the crankshaft journal Check the radial clearance of the conrod bearings Check the radial clearance of the piston pin main bearing Check the crankshaft main bearing for wear Replace the crankshaft bearings and conrod bearings Check the entire transmission including roller and bearings for wear 60 hours 90 hours 120 hours 180 hours 240 hours 270 hours ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● NOTE: IF THE INSPECTION ESTABLISHES THAT PERMISSIBLE TOLERANCES ARE EXCEEDED, THE RESPECTIVE COMPONENTS MUST BE REPLACED. ● ● 11-1C WIRING DIAGRAMS INDEX WIRING DIAGRAMS 1999 125/200 EXC (EUROPE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-2 125/200 EGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-3 125 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5 200 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6 Art No 3.206.005-E WIRING DIAGRAMS 2000 125/200 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-8 125/200 EXC (EUROPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-9 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11 WIRING DIAGRAMS 2001 125/200 EXC (EUROPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 125/200 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15 125 EXE, SUPERMOTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-11 WIRING DIAGRAMS 2002 125/200 EXC (EUROPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-13 125/200 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-15 Repair manual 125 / 200 WIRING DIAGRAMS 2003 125/200 EXC (EUROPA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-16 125/200 EXC (USA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-18 11 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-2C 11-3C Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-4C 11-5C Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-6C SPORTMOTORCYCLES Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-8C 11-9C SPORTMOTORCYCLES Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-10C 11-11C ge-bl r v s o 27 s 4 ge-bl 8 br 7 5 v s br 6 br g bl ge-bl br 2 22.11.99 Hasl. 13 1 ge-bl br g bl s-ge ge-r ge-bl br v r-w g o bl 3 Datum, Name: Europa br 19 9 ge-s ge-bl br SPORTMOTORCYCLES Land: Kabelstrangnummer: vorne:512.11.075.000 hinten:503.14.040.100 125 EXE 2000/2001 125 Super Moto 2000/2001 Modell: bl SERVICE o ge-bl 14 23 g bl ge 10 r br w s-ge g bl ge r br ge-bl 11 g-w s-ge 17 16 ge-s br bl-w s-w 28 KOKUSAN 2K3 s-w bl-w 15 s-ge s-r r-w o r g w ge G 18 30 20 ge-r g-w w 12 ge-bl br br 21 br 54 58 25 26 br 31 24 29 s br g-w w v br g-w ge-bl 8 s 22 ge-r br v s ge-r br v s ge 11-12C KTM 125 EXE 2000/2001, 125 SUPERMOTO 2000/2001 Art No 3.206.005 -E Deutsch 1 Scheinwerfer 2 Standlicht 3 Blinker li vo 4 Blinker re vo 5 Tachobeleuchtung 6 Fernlichtkontrolle 7 Blinkerkontrolle 8 4-pol.Stecker 9 Zündschloss 10 zum Kombischalter 11 Bremslichtsch. vo 12 Bremslichtsch. hi 13 Horn 14 Blinkgeber 15 CDI-Einheit 16 Zündkerze 17 Zündspule 18 Generator 19 Ölkontrolleuchte 20 Spannungsregler 21 Batterie 3Ah 22 Stecksicherung 10A 23 6-pol.Stecker 24 Blinker li hi 25 Blinker re hi 26 Brems-Schlusslicht 27 Blinkerschalter 28 Ölstandgeber 29 3-pol. Stecker 30 kontaktstift 3.Gang Deutsch Englisch bl blau br braun ge gelb gr grau g grün o orange r rot s schwarz v violett w weiss bl blue br brown ge yellow gr grey g green o orange r red s black v violet w white Englisch Italienisch Französisch 1 headlight 2 parking light 3 turn indic.left fr. 4 turn indic.right fr. 5 speedometer light 6 high beam indicator 7 turn indicator 8 multip.cont.plug (4) 9 ignition lock 10 to combinat. switch 11 stoplight switch f. 12 stoplight switch r. 13 horn 14 turn indicator 15 CDI-unit 16 spark plug 17 ignition coil 18 generator 19 oil level tell tale 20 voltage regulator 21 battery 3Ah 22 fuse 10A 23 multip.cont.plug (6) 24 blinker left rear 25 blinker right rear 26 rear-stoplight 27 blink switch 28 oil level sensor 29 multip.cont.plug (3) 30 gear switch 3.gear 1 faro 2 luce di posizione 3 lampegg.ant.sn. 4 lampegg.ant.dx. 5 luce di tachimetro 6 spia abbagliante 7 spia lampeggiatori 8 connettore a 4 poli 9 accensione 10 multicomando 11 int.luce arresto ant 12 int.luce arresto post 13 clacson 14 trasmett. di lampeg. 15 CDI-seatola 16 candela 17 bobina d'accens. 18 dinamo 19 contr.d.liv.d'olio 20 regol. di tens. 21 batteria 3Ah 22 fusibile 10A 23 connettore a 6 poli 24 lampegg.post.sn 25 lampegg.post.dx. 26 fanal.post.di freno 27 int. lampeggiatori 28 liv.d'olio transmet. 29 connettore a 3 poli 30 secondo marcia 1 phare 2 feu de position 3 clignoteur av gauche 4 clignoteur av.droit 5 eclair.comp.vitesse 6 temoin feu route 7 temoin de clignoteur 8 connect.multiple (4) 9 contact.d'allum. 10 commodo 11 contact de stop av. 12 contact Harr.de stop 13 klaxon 14 centrale clignot. 15 boitier CDI 16 bougie 17 bobine d'allumage 18 generateur 19 contr.de niv d huile 20 regulateur 21 batterie 3Ah 22 fusible 10A 23 connect.multiple (6) 24 clign.arr.gauche 25 clign.arr.droite 26 feu arr.et de stop 27 contact.d.clignoteur 28 niv.d'huile transmet 29 connect.multiple (3) 30 cont.d.boite d.vites Italienisch Französisch bl blu br marrone ge giallo gr grigio g verde o arancione r rosso s nero v violetto w bianco bl bleu br brun ge jaune gr gris g vert o orange r rouge s noir v violet w blanc Zündschloss ZADI (503.11.065.000) rbl w gr o s Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 aus Kontaktbelegung Lichtschalter (Typ CEV 9610) ge w s/ r ge LICHT Abblendl. Fernlicht HUPE ZÜNDUNG AUS 5 2 1 3 6 4 bl azul br marron ge amarillo gr gris g verde o naranja r rojo s negro v violeta w blanco Blinkerschalter ein g bl Spanisch br o v Spanisch 1 faro 2 luz de posicion 3 interm. izquierdo delantero 4 intermitente derecho delantero 5 luz tacometro 6 lampara aviso luces largas 7 lampara aviso intermitentes 8 conector multiple (4) 9 llave de contacto 10 interruptor combinado 11 interr. luz de freno del. 12 interr. luz. de fren tras. 13 claxon 14 conjunto del intermintente 15 unidad cdi 16 bujia 17 bobina de encendido 18 generador 19 contr.del nivel del aceite 20 regulador de tension 21 bateria 12V 3Ah 22 fusible principal 10A 23 conector multiple (6) 24 intermitente izquierdo trasero 25 intermitente derecho trasero 26 luz de freno trasero 27 interuptor clignoteur 28 sensor.del nivel del aceite 29 conector multiple (3) 30 interruptor de cambio (3) 11-13C 125-200 EXC 2001/2002 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-14C KTM 125-200 EXC 2001/2002 Art No 3.206.005 -E KTM 125/200 EXC 2001/2002 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 11-15C 11-16C 125-200 EXC 2003 Repair manual KTM 125 / 200 Art No 3.206.005 -E 11-17C KTM 125-200 EXC 2003 125/200 EXC 2003 11-18C
Detail Specifications: 673/673177-125_exc_eu.pdf file (28 Apr 2023) |
Accompanying Data:
KTM 125 EXC Engine, Motorcycle PDF Owner’s Manual (Updated: Friday 28th of April 2023 08:08:59 AM)
Rating: 4.1 (rated by 92 users)
Compatible devices: 85 SX 2018, 690 Enduro R 2017, 125 EXC EU 2010, 450 SX-F EU, 690 SMC USA 2010, 690 Supermoto Limited Edition EU 2009, Freeride E-XC 2019, 2011 990 Supermoto T USA.
Recommended Documentation:
Text Version of Owner’s Manual
(Ocr-Read Summary of Contents, UPD: 28 April 2023)
Recommended Instructions:
SP-P410M, A430i, PMA-1500AE, 42 SERIES, imageCLASS MF8170c, Travel Pack #4
-
PREFACEYour Authorised Hero MotoCorp dealer will be glad to provide further information or assistance and is equipped to handle your future service needs.Thank you for selecting a Hero MotoCorp SPLENDOR+ PROGRAMMED FI. We wish you many miles of continued riding pleasure in the years ahead.We, at Hero MotoCorp, are committed to demonstrate excellence in our environment p …
SPLENDOR+ PROGRAMMED FI 70
-
2012-2013 SOFTAILTOOLS NEEDED — Flathead Screwdriver — Less than 1 hour2012-2013 Harley-Davidson®Delphi® Fuel Injected Softail ModelsINTRODUCTION: Congratulations on your purchase of the Fuelpak Fuel Management System for fuel injected Harley-Davidson® motorcycles. Please take the time to read the entire instruction manual before attempting to install. DO NOT adjust the Fuelpak …
SOFTAIL 2012 2
-
2004 BUELL XB9S SERVICE MANUAL Part Number 99490-04Y Section 1: MaintenanceSection 2: ChassisSection 3: EngineSection 4: Fuel SystemSection 5: StarterSection 6: Drive/TransmissionSection 7: ElectricalAppendices …
2004 XB9S 597